Note : Les descriptions sont présentées dans la langue officielle dans laquelle elles ont été soumises.
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
, .
,
,
1
SYNTHESIS OF TETRACYCLINES AND ANALOGUES THEREOF
Government Support
The work described herein was supported, in part, by grants from the National
Institutes of Health (R01 A148825) and the National Science Foundation
(predoctoral
fellowship R10964). The United States government may have certain rights in
the invention.
Background of the Invention
[0001] The tetracyclines are broad spectrum anti-microbial
agents that are widely
used in human and veterinary medicine (Schappinger et al., "Tetracyclines:
Antibiotic
Action, Uptake, and Resistance Mechanisms" Arch. Microbiol. 165:359-69, 1996;
Mitscher,
Medicinal Research Series, Vol. 9, The Chemistry of the Tetracycline
Antibiotics, Marcel
Dekker Inc. New York, 1978). The total production of tetracyclines by
fermentation or semi-
synthesis is measured in the thousands of metric tons per year. The first
tetracycline,
chlorotetracycline (1) (Aureomycin Tm), was isolated from the soil bacterium
Streptomyces aureofaciens by Lederle Laboratories (Wyeth-Ayerst Research) in
the
1945 (Duggar, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci 51:177-181, 1948; Duggar, Aureomycin and
Preparation of Some, U.S. Patent 2,482,055, 1949). Oxytetracycline (2) was
isolated
soon after from S. rimosus by scientists at Pfizer Laboratories (Finlay et al.
Science
111:85, 1950). The structures of chlorotetracycline and oxytetracycline were
elucidated
by scientists at Pfizer in collaboration with R. B. Woodward and co-workers at
Harvard University (Hochstein et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 74:3708-3709, 1952;
Hochstein et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 75:5455-75, 1953; Stephens et
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
2
al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 74:4976-77, 1952; Stephens et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
76:3568-75,
1954). Tetracycline (3) was later prepared by the hydrogenolysis of
chlorotetracycline
and was found to retain the anti-microbial activity of chlorotetracycline and
oxytetracycline and had increased stability (Boothe et al. .I. Am. Chem. Soc.
75:4621,
1953; Conover et al. J Am Chem. Soc. 75:4622-23, 1953). Tetracycline was later
found
to be a natural product of S. aureofaciens, S. viridofaciens, and S. rimosus.
H3C,,_
CI HO ,CH3 N HO C113 c:211 H N
H H =
¨ -
OH OH
DI 110 B
NH2 0010:000 NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
Chlorotetracycline (1) Oxytetracycline (2)
HO pil3
H s
7
6 :µ = 4 OH
8
6a 5a 4a I 3
ha 12a I 2 NH2
941110a
I I 12 = I
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Tetracycline (3)
[0002] The primary tetracyclines of clinical importance today include
tetracycline
(3) (Boothe etal. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 75:4621, 1953), oxytetracycline (2,
TerramycinTm)
(Finlay et al. Science 111:85, 1950), doxycycline (Stephens et al. J Am. Chem.
Soc.
85:2643, 1963), and minocycline (Martell et al. I Med. Chem. 10:44, 1967;
Martell etal.
J. Med. Chem. 10:359, 1967). The tetracyclines exert their anti-microbial
activity by
inhibition of bacterial protein synthesis (Bentley and O'Hanlon, Eds., Anti-
Infectives:
Recent Advances in Chemistry and Structure-Activity Relationships The Royal
Society of
Chemistry: Cambridge, UK, 1997). Most tetracyclines are bacteriostatic rather
than
bactericidal (Rasmussen et al. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 35:2306-11, 1991;
Primrose and Wardlaw, Ed. "The Bacteriostatic and Bacteriocidal Action of
Antibiotics"
Sourcebook of Experiments for the Teaching of Microbiology Society for General
Microbiology, Academic Press Ltd., London, 1982). It has been proposed that
after
tetracycline passes through the cytoplasmic membrane of a bacterium it
chelates Mg+2,
and this tetracycline-Mg+2 complex binds the 30S subunit of the bacterial
ribosome
(Goldman et al. Biochemistry 22:359-368, 1983). Binding of the complex to the
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
3
ribosome inhibits the binding of aminoacyl-tRNAs, resulting in inhibition of
protein synthesis
(Wissmann et al. Forum Mikrobiol. 292-99, 1998; Epe et al. EMBO J. 3:121-26,
1984).
Tetracyclines have also been found to bind to the 40S subunit of eukaryotic
ribosome;
however, they do not achieve sufficient concentrations in eukaryotic cells to
affect protein
synthesis because they are not actively transported in eukaryotic cells (Epe
et al. FEBS
Lett. 213:443-47, 1987).
[0003]
Structure-activity relationships for the tetracycline antibiotics have been
determined empirically from 50 years of semi-synthetic modification of the
parent structure
(Sum et al. Curr. Pharm. Design 4:119-32, 1998). Permutations with the upper
left-hand
portion of the natural product, also known as the hydrophobic domain, have
provided new
therapeutically active agents, while modifications of the polar hydrophobic
domain result in
a loss of activity. However, semi-synthesis by its very nature has limited the
number of
tetracycline analogs that can be prepared and studied.
H3Cõ
HO 9-43 H
OH
NFi2
15H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Tetracycline (3)
[0004] The
tetracyclines are composed of four linearly fused six-membered rings
with a high density of polar functionality and stereochemical complexity. In
1962, Woodward
and co-workers reported the first total synthesis of racemic 6-
desmethy1-6-
deoxytetracycline (sancycline, 4), the simplest biologically active
tetracycline (Conover
et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 84:3222-24, 1962). The synthetic route was a
remarkable
achievement for the time and proceeded by the stepwise construction of the
rings in
a linear sequence of 22 steps (overall yield 0.003%). The first
enantioselective
synthesis of (-)-tetracycline (3) from the A-ring precursor D-glucosamine (34
steps,
0.002% overall yield) was reported by Tatsuda and co-workers in 2000 (Tatsuta
et
al. Chem. Lett. 646-47, 2000). Other approaches to the synthesis of
tetracycline
antibiotics, which have also proceeded by the stepwise assembly of the ABCD
ring
system beginning with D or CD precursors, include the Shemyakin synthesis of (
)-
12a-deoxy-5a,6-anhydrotetracycline (Gurevich etal. Tetrahedron Lett. 8:131,
1967) and
the Muxfeldt synthesis of ( )-5-oxytetracycline (terramycin, 22 steps, 0.06%
yield)
= CA 02648668 2013-08-05
4
(Muxfeldt etal. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 101:689, 1979). Due to the length and poor
efficiency of
the few existing routes to tetracyclines, which were never designed for
synthetic variability,
synthesis of tetracycline analogs is still limited.
H
= OH
-1111111.1111.11111111111 NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Sancycline (4)
[0005] There remains a need for a practical and efficient
synthetic route to
tetracycline analogs, which is amenable to the rapid preparation of specific
analogs that can
be tested for improved antibacterial and potentially antitumor activity. Such
a route would
allow the preparation of tetracycline analogs which have not been prepared
before.
Summary of the Invention
[0006] The present invention centers around novel synthetic
approaches for
preparing tetracycline analogs. These synthetic approaches are particularly
useful in
preparing 6-deoxytetracyclines, which are more stable towards acid and base
than 6-
hydroxytetracyclines. Doxycycline and minocycline, the two most clinically
important
tetracyclines, as well as tigecycline, an advanced clinical candidate, are
members of the 6-
deoxytetracycline class.
H
711111OH
111111
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Tigecyclust
1-13C1. 2
H_14 2H _ N
7
OH
alidikhigat
Nt-112
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
(S)-doxycycline
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
H3C,... ......CH3 H3C,, ,õCH3
N CH3 N
_
= H H =
_
11101111111811411 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
(5)-minocycline
The approaches are also useful in preparing 6-hydroxytetracyclines,
pentacyclines,
hexacyclines, C5-substituted tetracyclines, C5-unsubstituted tetracyclines,
tetracyclines
with heterocyclic D-rings, and other tetracycline analogs.
[0007] These novel synthetic approaches to tetracycline analogs involve a
convergent synthesis of the tetracycline ring system using a highly
functionalized chiral
enone (5) as a key intermediate. The first approach involves the reaction of
the enone
with an anion formed by the deprotonation of a toluate (6) or metallation of a
benzylic
halide as shown below. The deprotonation of a toluate is particularly useful
in preparing
6-deoxytetracyclines with or without a C5-substituent. The metallation (e.g.,
metal-
halogen exchange (e.g., lithium-halogen exchange), metal-metalloid exchange
(e.g.,
lithium-metalloid exchange)) is particularly useful in preparing 6-
deoxytetracyclines with
or without a C5-substituent as well as pentacyclines. Any organometallic
reagent may be
used in the cyclization process. Particularly useful reagents may include
lithium reagents,
Grignard reagents, zero-valent metal reagents, and ate complexes. In certain
embodiments, milder conditions for the cyclization reaction may be preferred.
H3C.,, ,.CH3 H3C. ,,CH3
CH3 N X N
_
-
4 I I I " I I 11110: I OH 0\N
NH2 ________________________________ > 41111
OR' + -
_0,
I /
Ilk
Y
OH oP
OH 0 OH 0 0 OR 0 0 0 OBn
6-deoxytetracycline 6 5
H3C.,õ. .,,.CH3 H3C.õ,...
......CH3
CH3 N N
= H H = H
_
= ¨ _
= - r
= = OH _
-,....,
Hal
/ 1st 0
\ I 0 +
40,- N
NH2 OR'
=
OH OP
OH 0 OH 0 0 OR 0
0 0 OBn
6-deoxytetracycline
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
6
[0008] The second approach involves reacting the enone (5) in a Diels-
Alder-type
reaction with a diene (7) or a benzocyclobutenol (8).
H3C.. ..,,CH3 H3C.,.... õ...CH3
H3C N R X N
H _
-
. ) ______________ 0
I O ____ > + 1111111 \N
1 /
NH2 ,,,,,,,\..
. Y
OH I OP OBn
OH 0 OH 0 0 OP 0 0
7 5
6-deoxytetracycline
H30, ,....0H3 H30......
../..0H3
CH3 N
= H H =
CH
3 ,. _ ...
*it OH .s. 410 0
0
> 40. = I \N
NH2
/
Y
OP
OH OP
OBn
OH 0 OH 0 0 OR 0 0
8 5
6-deoxytetracycline
In both these approaches, the chiral enone provides the functionalized A and B
rings of
the tetracycline core, and the D-ring is derived from the toluate (6),
benzylic halide, or
benzocyclobutenol (8). In bringing these two portions of the molecule together
in a
stereoselective manner the C-ring is formed. These approaches not only allow
for the
stereoselective and efficient synthesis of a wide variety of tetracycline
analogs never
before prepared, but they also allow for preparation of tetracycline analogs
in which the
D-ring is replaced with a heterocycle, 5-membered ring, or other ring system.
They also
allow the prepartion of various pentacyclines or higher cyclines containing
aromatic and
non-aromatic carbocycles and heterocycles. Pentacyclines of the invention
include 5-
.
deoxypentacyclines, 5-oxypentacyclines, 6-deoxypentacyclines, 6-
oxypentacyclines, 8-
azapentacyclines, 11-azapentacyclines, 6-aryl-11-azapentacyclines, and
pentacyclines
substituted at position 10.
[0009] Through the oxidation at C6 of 6-deoxytetracycline analogs, 6-
oxytetracycline analogs may be prepared as shown in the scheme below:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
7
H3c., ,...CH3 H3c,, õCH3 H3cõ ,,CH3
HO ,CH3 1'1 CH3 N CH3
H H S H = H H s
10110.111111- *O 01.1-NH2 41 0 (:)/\ N 7 S ID\
OH OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OP OH OH 0 OP OP 0 OH 0
OP
(-)-Teiracychne (3) 6-
deoxytetracycline
The 6-deoxytetracycline is transformed into an aromatic napthol intermediate
which
undergoes spontaneous autoxidation to form the hydroperoxide. Hydrogenolysis
of the
hydroperoxide results in the 6-oxytetracycline. This oxidation of 6-
deoxytetracycline
analogs can be used to prepare tetracyclines in which the D-ring is replaced
with a
heterocycle, 5-membered ring, or other ring system as well as pentacyclines
and other
polycyclines containing aromatic and non-aromatic carbocycles and
heterocycles.
[00101 The present invention not only provides synthetic methods for
preparing
these tetracycline analogs and pentacycline analogs but also the
intermediates, including
chiral enones (5), toluates (6), dienes (7), benzylic halides, and
benzocyclobutenol (8),
used in these syntheses, and novel derivatives accessed by them.
100111 Some of the broad classes of compounds available through these
new
approaches and considered to be a part of the present invention include
tetracyclines and
various analogs. Important subclasses of tetracyclines include 6-
deoxytetracyclines with
or without a C5-hydroxyl group (e.g., 5-oxy-6-aryltetracyclines), and 6-
hydroxytetracyclines with or without a C5-hydroxyl group. Many of the analogs
available through these new approaches have never been synthesized before
given the
limitations of semi-synthetic approaches and earlier total syntheses. For
example, certain
substitutions about the D-ring become accessible using the present invention's
novel
methodologies. In certain classes of compounds of the invention, the D-ring of
the
tetracyclines analog, which is usually a phenyl ring, is replaced with a
heterocyclic
moiety, which may be bicyclic or tricyclic. In other classes, the D-ring is
replaced with a
non-aromatic ring. The size of the D-ring is also not limited to six-membered
rings, but
instead it may be three-membered, four-membered, five-membered, seven-
membered, or
larger. In the case of pentacyclines, the five rings may or may not be linear
in
arrangement. Each of the D- and E-rings may be heterocyclic or carbocyclic,
may be
aromatic or non-aromatic, and may contain any number of atoms ranging from
three to
ten atoms. In certain embodiments, the pentacycline includes a core of five
fused six-
membered rings in a linear arrangement. In addition, higher cyclines such as
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
8
hexacyclines may be prepared. In certain classes, the C-ring may not be fully
formed,
leading to dicyclines with the A-B fused ring system intact. The compounds of
the
invention include isomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers,
tautomers,
protected forms, pro-drugs, salts, and derivatives of any particular compound_
R1 R2.R3 Rd. R5
Rs Ti LI 7
O
OH
(R7)n¨
õ,, .
NH2
R6 OH
0 OH 0 0
R1 f RR R N(R5)2 i s
_
OH
= .
(X).
411111111111111 NH
OH
0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 Rip 3 Rti R5
- = - = OH
400,
n
NH
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0
R1 RR3 Rt., _R5
OH
=,.01104110110111
NH
R7
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0
R5
_
10041=740 OH
(kOn (19n
NH2
OH
0 OH 0 0
[0012] The present invention also includes intermediates useful in the
synthesis of
compounds of the present invention. These intermediates include chiral enones,
toluates,
benzylic halides, and benzocyclobutenol. The intermediates includes various
substituted
forms, isomers, tautomers, stereoisomers, salts, and derivatives thereof.
[0013] In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of
treatment and
pharmaceutical compositions including the novel compounds of the present
invention.
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
9
The pharmaceutical compositions may also include a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient. The methods and pharmaceutical compositions may be used to treat
any
infection including cholera, influenza, bronchitis, acne, malaria, urinary
tract infections,
sexually transmitted diseases including syphilis and gonorrhea, Legionnaires'
disease,
Lyme disease, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Q fever, typhus, bubonic plague,
gas
gangrene, hospital acquired infections, leptospirosis, whooping cough, and
anthrax. In
certain embodiments, the infections are caused by tetracycline-resistant
organisms. In
certain instances, the compounds of the invention exhibit anti-neoplastic or
antiproliferative
activity, in which case the compounds may be useful in the treatment of
diseases such as
cancer, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, and diabetic retinopathy.
The
methods and compositions may be used to treat disease in humans and other
animals
including domesticated animals. Any mode of administration including oral and
parenteral
administration of the pharmaceutical composition may be used.
[0014] Given past work in the synthesis of tetracyclines, the present
inventive
strategies represent a breakthrough, providing new synthetic routes to
tetracyclines and
various analogs. The ability to prepare a wide variety of tetracycline analogs
and the use of
some of these compounds in the treatment of diseases such as cancer and
infectious
diseases marks an advance not only in synthetic organic chemistry but also in
medicine.
The tetracycline class of antibiotics has played a major role in the treatment
of infectious
diseases in human and veterinary medicine for the past 50 years; however, with
the high
use of these antibiotics over many years resistance has become a major
problem. The
present invention fortunately allows for the development of tetracycline
analogs with activity
against tetracycline-resistant organisms. Therefore, the developments
described herein will
allow the tetracycline class of antibiotics to remain part of a physician's
armamentarium
against infection diseases.
Definitions
[0015] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are
described in
more detail below. For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are
identified in
accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of
Chemistry
and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are
generally defined as
described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as
well as specific
functional moieties and reactivity, are described in "Organic Chemistry",
Thomas Sorrell,
University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999.
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
[0016] Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular
geometric
or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such
compounds, including
cis- and trans-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-
isomers, the
racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the
scope of the
invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent
such as an
alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be
included in this
invention.
[0017] Isomeric mixtures containing any of a variety of isomer ratios may
be utilized
in accordance with the present invention. For example, where only two isomers
are
combined, mixtures containing 50:50, 60:40, 70:30, 80:20, 90:10, 95:5, 96:4,
97:3, 98:2,
99:1, or 100:0 isomer ratios are all contemplated by the present invention.
Those of
ordinary skill in the art will readily appreciate that analogous ratios are
contemplated for
more complex isomer mixtures.
[0018] If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the
present
invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by
derivation with a
chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and
the auxiliary
group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers. Alternatively, where
the molecule
contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional
group, such as
carboxyl, diastereomeric salts are formed with an appropriate optically-active
acid or base,
followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional
crystallization or
chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the
pure
enantiomers.
[0019] One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the synthetic
methods, as
described herein, utilize a variety of protecting groups. By the term
"protecting group", as
used herein, it is meant that a particular functional moiety, e.g., 0, S, or
N, is temporarily
blocked so that a reaction can be carried out selectively at another reactive
site in a
multifunctional compound. In preferred embodiments, a protecting group reacts
selectively
in good yield to give a protected substrate that is stable to the projected
reactions; the
protecting group should be selectively removable in good yield by readily
available,
preferably non-toxic reagents that do not attack the other functional groups;
the
protecting group forms an easily separable derivative (more preferably without
the
generation of new stereogenic centers); and the protecting group has a minimum
of
additional functionality to avoid further sites of reaction. As detailed
herein, oxygen,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
11
= sulfur, nitrogen, and carbon protecting groups may be utilized. Hydroxyl
protecting
groups include methyl, methoxylmethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), t-
butylthiomethyl, (phenyldimethylsilyl)methoxymethyl (SMOM), benzyloxymethyl
(BOM), p-methoxybenzyloxymethyl (PMBM), (4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl (p-AOM),
guaiacolmethyl (GUM), t-butoxymethyl, 4-pentenyloxymethyl (POM), siloxymethyl,
2-
methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxymethyl, bis(2-
chloroethoxy)methyl,
2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEMOR), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), 3-
bromotetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, 1-methoxycyclohexyl, 4-
- methoxytetrahydropyranyl (MTHP), 4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl, 4-
methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl S,S-dioxide, 1-[(2-chloro-4-methyl)pheny1]-4-
methoxypiperidin-4-y1 (CTM?), 1,4-dioxan-2-yl, tetrahydrofuranyl,
tetrahydrothiofuranyl, 2,3,3a,4,5,6,7,7a-octahydro-7,8,8-trimethy1-4,7-
methanobenzofuran-2-yl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-l-
methoxyethyl, 1-methyl-1 -benzyloxyethyl, 1 -methyl- 1 -benzyloxy-2-
fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-
trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, 2-(phenylselenyl)ethyl, t-butyl, allyl,
p-chlorophenyl,
p-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl,p-methoxybenzyl, 3,4-
dimethoxybenzyl, o-
nitrobenzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, p-halobenzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, p-cyanobenzyl, p-
phenylbenzyl, 2-picolyl, 4-picolyl, 3-methyl-2-picoly1N-oxido, diphenylmethyl,
p,p '-
dinitrobenzhydryl, 5-dibenzosuberyl, triphenylmethyl, a-
naphthyldiphenylmethyl, p-
methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, di(p-methoxyphenyl)phenylmethyl, tri(p-
methoxyphenyl)methyl, 4-(4'-bromophenacyloxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl, 4,4' ,4'
4,4' ,4'
4,4' ,4' 3-(imidazol-1-yl)bis(4',4"-
dim ethoxyphenyl)methyl, 1,1-bis(4-methoxypheny1)-1'-pyrenylmethyl, 9-anthryl,
9-(9-
phenyl)xanthenyl, 9(9-pheny1-10-oxo)anthryl, 1,3-benzodithiolan-2-yl,
benzisothiazolyl
S,S-dioxido, trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), triisopropylsilyl
(TIPS),
dimethylisopropylsilyl (IPDMS), diethylisopropylsilyl (DE1PS),
dimethylthexylsilyl, 1-
butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), t-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), tribenzylsilyl, tri-
p-
xylylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, diphenylmethylsilyl (DPMS), t-
butylmethoxyphenylsilyl
(TBMPS), formate, benzoylformate, acetate, chloroacetate, dichloroacetate,
trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, methoxyacetate, triphenylmethoxyacetate,
phenoxyacetate, p-chlorophenoxyacetate, 3-phenylpropionate, 4-oxopentanoate
(levulinate), 4,4-(ethylenedithio)pentanoate (levulinoyldithioacetal),
pivaloate,
adamantoate, crotonate, 4-methoxycrotonate, benzoate, p-phenylbenzoate, 2,4,6-
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
12
trimethylbenzoate (mesitoate), alkyl methyl carbonate, 9-fluorenylmethyl
carbonate
- (Fmoc), alkyl ethyl carbonate, alkyl 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonate
(Troc), 2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate (TMSEC), 2-(phenylsulfonyl) ethyl carbonate
(Psec), 2-
(triphenylphosphonio) ethyl carbonate (Peoc), alkyl isobutyl carbonate, alkyl
vinyl
carbonate alkyl allyl carbonate, alkyl p-nitrophenyl carbonate, alkyl benzyl
carbonate,
alkyl p-methoxybenzyl carbonate, alkyl 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl carbonate, alkyl o-
nitrobenzyl carbonate, alkyl p-nitrobenzyl carbonate, alkyl S-benzyl
thiocarbonate, 4-
ethoxy-1 -napththyl carbonate, methyl dithiocarbonate, 2-iodobenzoate, 4-
azidobutyrate,
4-nitro-4-methylpentanoate, o-(dibromomethyl)benzoate, 2-
formylbenzenesulfonate, 2-
(methylthiomethoxy)ethyl, 4-(methylthiomethoxy)butyrate, 2-
(methylthiomethoxymethypbenzoate, 2,6-dichloro-4-methylphenoxyacetate, 2,6-
dichloro-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenoxyacetate, 2,4-bis(1,1-
dimethylpropyl)phenoxyacetate, chlorodiphenylacetate, isobutyrate,
monosuccinoate, (E)-
2-methyl-2-butenoate, o-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoate, a-naphthoate, nitrate,
alkyl
N ,N , N',N '-tetramethylphosphorodiamidate, alkyl N-phenylcarbamate, borate,
= dimethylphosphinothioyl, alkyl 2,4-dinitrophenylsulfenate, sulfate,
methanesulfonate
(mesylate), benzylsulfonate, and tosylate (Ts). For protecting 1,2- or 1,3-
diols, the
protecting groups include methylene acetal, ethylidene acetal, 1-t-
butylethylidene ketal,
1-phenylethylidene ketal, (4-methoxyphenypethylidene acetal, 2,2,2-
trichloroethylidene
acetal, acetonide, cyclopentylidene ketal, cyclohexylidene ketal,
cycloheptylidene ketal,
benzylidene acetal, p-methoxybenzylidene acetal, 2,4-dimethoxybenzylidene
ketal, 3,4-
dimethoxybenzylidene acetal, 2-nitrobenzylidene acetal, methoxymethylene
acetal,
ethoxymethylene acetal, dimethoxymethylene ortho ester, 1-methoxyethylidene
ortho
ester, 1-ethoxyethylidine ortho ester, 1,2-dimethoxyethylidene ortho ester, a-
methoxybenzylidene ortho ester, 1-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethylidene derivative, a-
(NN'-
dimethylainino)benzylidene derivative, 2-oxacyclopentylidene ortho ester, di-t-
butylsilylene group (DTBS), 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene)
derivative
(TIPDS), tetra-t-butoxydisiloxane-1,3-diylidene derivative (TBDS), cyclic
carbonates,
cyclic boronates, ethyl boronate, and phenyl boronate. Amino-protecting groups
include
methyl carbamate, ethyl carbamante, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc), 9-(2-
sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 9-(2,7-dibromo)fluoroenylmethyl carbamate,
2,7-di-t-
butyl-[9-(10,10-dioxo-10,10,10,10-tetrahydrothioxanthyl)}methyl carbamate (DBD-
Tmoc), 4-methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc), 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate
(Troc), 2-
trimethylsilylethyl carbamate (Teoc), 2-phenylethyl carbamate (hZ), 1-(1-
adamanty1)-1-
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
13
methylethyl carbamate (Adpoc), 1,1-dimethy1-2-haloethyl carbamate, 1,1-
dimethy1-2,2-
_ dibromoethyl carbamate (DB-t-BOC), 1,1-dimethy1-2,2,2-trichloroethyl
carbamate
(TCBOC), 1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyl)ethyl carbamate (Bpoc), 1-(3,5-di-t-
butylpheny1)-1-
methylethyl carbamate (t-Bumeoc), 2-(2'- and 4'-pyridyl)ethyl carbamate
(Pyoc), 2-(NN-
dicyclohexylcarboxamido)ethyl carbamate, t-butyl carbamate (BOC), 1-adamantyl
carbamate (Adoc), vinyl carbamate (Voc), ally1 carbamate (Alloc), 1-
isopropylally1
carbamate (Ipaoc), cinnamyl carbamate (Coc), 4-nitrocinnamyl carbamate (Noc),
8-
quinolyl carbamate, N-hydroxypiperidinyl carbamate, alkyldithio carbamate,
benzyl
carbamate (Cbz), p-methoxybenzyl carbamate (Moz), p-nitobenzyl carbamate, p-
bromobenzyl carbamate, p-chlorobenzyl carbamate, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl carbamate,
4-
methylsulfmylbenzyl carbamate (Msz), 9-anthrylmethyl carbamate, diphenylmethyl
carbamate, 2-methylthioethyl carbamate, 2-methylsulfonylethyl carbamate, 2-(p-
toluenesulfonyl)ethyl carbamate, [241,3-dithianylAmethyl carbamate (Dmoc), 4-
methylthiophenyl carbamate (Mtpc), 2,4-dimethylthiophenyl carbamate (Bmpc), 2-
phosphonioethyl carbamate (Peoc), 2-triphenylphosphonioisopropyl carbamate
(Ppoc),
1,1-dimethy1-2-cyanoethyl carbamate, m-chloro-p-acyloxybenzyl carbamate, p-
(dihydroxyboryl)benzyl carbamate, 5-benzisoxazolylmethyl carbamate, 2-
(trifluoromethyl)-6-chromonylmethyl carbamate (Tcroc), m-nitrophenyl
carbamate, 3,5-
dimethoxybenzyl carbamate, o-nitrobenzyl carbamate, 3,4-dimethoxy-6-
nitrobenzyl
carbamate, phenyl(o-nitrophenyl)methyl carbamate, phenothiaziny1410)-carbonyl
derivative, N'-p-toluenesulfonylaminocarbonyl derivative, N'-
phenylaminothiocarbonyl
derivative, t-amyl carbamate, S-benzyl thiocarbamate,p-cyanobenzyl carbamate,
cyclobutyl carbamate, cyclohexyl carbamate, cyclopentyl carbamate,
cyclopropylmethyl
carbamate, p-decyloxybenzyl carbamate, 2,2-dimethoxycarbonylvinyl carbamate, o-
(N,N-
dimethylcarboxamido)benzyl carbamate, 1,1-dimethy1-34N,N-
dimethylcarboxamido)propyl carbamate, 1,1-dimethylpropynyl carbamate, di(2-
.
pyridyl)methyl carbamate, 2-furanylmethyl carbamate, 2-iodoethyl carbamate,
isoborynl
carbamate, isobutyl carbamate, isonicotinyl carbamate, p-(p '-
methoxyphenylazo)benzyl
carbamate, 1-methylcyclobutyl carbamate, 1-methylcyclohexyl carbamate, 1-
methyl-l-
cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, 1-methyl-143,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1-
methyl-14p-phenylazophenypethyl carbamate, 1-methyl-l-phenylethyl carbamate, 1-
methy1-1-(4-pyridyl)ethyl carbamate, phenyl carbamate, p-(phenylazo)benzyl
carbamate,
2,4,6-tri-t-butylphenyl carbamate, 44trimethylammoniurn)benzyl carbamate,
2,4,6-
trimethylbenzyl carbamate, formamide, acetamide, chloroacetamide,
trichloroacetamide,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
14
trifluoroacetamide, phenylacetamide, 3-phenylpropanamide, picolinamide, 3-
pyridylcarboxarnide, N-benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, benzamide, p-
phenylbenzamide,
o-nitophenylacetamide, o-nitrophenoxyacetamide, acetoacetamide, (N'-
dithiobenzyloxycarbonylamino)acetamide, 3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)propanamide, 3-(o-
nitrophenyl)propanamide, 2-methyl-2-(o-nitrophenoxy)propanamide, 2-methy1-2-(o-
phenylazophenoxy)propanamide, 4-chlorobutanamide, 3-methyl-3-nitrobutanamide,
o-
nitrocinnamide, N-acetylmethionine derivative, o-nitrobenzamide, o-
(benzoyloxymethyl)benzamide, 4,5-dipheny1-3-oxazolin-2-one, N-phthalimide, N-
dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N-2,3-diphenylmaleimide, N-2,5-dimethylpyrrole, N-
1,1,4,4-
tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane adduct (STABASE), 5-substituted 1,3-dimethy1-
1,3,5-
triazacyclohexan-2-one, 5-substituted 1 ,3-dibenzy1-1,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-
one, 1-
substituted 3,5-dinitro-4-pyridone, N-methylamine, N-allylamine, N42-
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methylamine (SEM), N-3-acetoxypropylamine, N-(1-
isopropy1-4-
nitro-2-oxo-3-pyroolin-3-yDamine, quaternary ammonium salts, N-benzylamine, N-
di(4-
methoxyphenyl)methylamirie, N-5-dibenzosuberylamine, N-triphenylmethylamine
(Tr),
N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)diphenylmethyliamine (MMTr), N-9-phenylfluorenylamine
(PhF),
N-2,7-dichloro-9-fluorenylmethyleneamine, N-ferrocenylmethylamino (Fcm), N-2-
picolylamino N '-oxide, N-1,1 -dimethylthiomethyleneamine, N-benzylideneamine,
N-p-
methoxybenzylideneamine, N-diphenylmethyleneamine, N-[(2-
pyridyl)mesityl]methyleneamine, N-(N ',N '-dimethylaminomethylene)amine, N,N
isopropylidenediatnine, N-p-nitrobenzylideneamine, N-salicylideneamine, N-5-
chlorosalicylideneamine, N-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)phenylmethyleneamine, N-
cyclohexylideneamine, N-(5,5-dimethy1-3-oxo-1-cyclohexenyl)amine, N-borane
derivative, N-diphenylborinic acid derivative, N4phenyl(pentacarbonylchromium-
or
tungsten)carbonyl]amine, N-copper chelate, N-zinc chelate, N-nitroamine, N-
nitrosoamine, amine N-oxide, diphenylphosphinamide (Dpp),
dimethylthiophosphinamide
(Mpt), diphenylthiophosphinamide (Ppt), dialkyl phosphoramidates, dibenzyl
phosphoramidate, diphenyl phosphoramidate, benzenesulfenamide, o-
nitrobenzenesulfenamide (Nps), 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenamide,
pentachlorobenzenesulfenamide, 2-nitro-4-methoxybenzenesulfenamide,
triphenylmethylsulfenamide, 3-nitropyridinesulfenamide (Npys), p-
toluenesulfonamide
(Ts), benzenesulfonamide, 2,3,6,-trimethy1-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr),
2,4,6-
trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb), 2,6-dimethy1-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide
(Pme), 2,3,5,6-tetramethy1-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte), 4-
CA 02648668 2013-09-30
methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts), 2,6-
dimethoxy-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds),
2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-
sulfonamide (Pmc), methanesulfonamide (Ms), 8-trimethylsilylethanesulfonamide
(SES), 9-
anthracenesulfonamide, 4-(4',8'-dimethoxynaphthylmethyl)benzenesulfonamide
(DNMBS),
benzylsulfonamide, trifluoromethylsulfonamide, and phenacylsulfonamide..
Exemplary
protecting groups are detailed herein, however, it will be appreciated that
the present
invention is not intended to be limited to these protecting groups; rather, a
variety of
additional equivalent protecting groups can be readily identified using the
above criteria and
utilized in the method of the present invention. Additionally, a variety of
protecting groups
are described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Third Ed. Greene, T.
W. and
Wuts, P.G., Eds., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 1999.
[0020] It will be appreciated that the compounds, as described herein,
may be
substituted with any number of substituents or functional moieties. In
general, the term
"substituted" whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not, and
substituents contained in
formulas of this invention, refer to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a
given structure
with the radical of a specified substituent. When more than one position in
any given
structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a
specified
group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
As used herein,
the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents
of organic
compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and
cyclic,
branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and
nonaromatic
substituents of organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, heteroatoms
such as
nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of
organic
compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatonns.
Furthermore,
this invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible
substituents of
organic compounds. Combinations of substituents and variables envisioned by
this
invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable
compounds useful in the
treatment, for example, of infectious diseases or proliferative disorders. The
term "stable",
as used herein, preferably refers to compounds which possess stability
sufficient to allow
manufacture and which maintain the integrity of the compound for a sufficient
period of time
to be detected and preferably for a sufficient period of time to be useful for
the purposes
detailed herein.
[0021] The term "aliphatic", as used herein, includes both saturated and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
16
unsaturated, straight chain
unbranched), branched, acyclic, cyclic, or polycyclic
. ..aliphatic hydrocarbons, which are optionally substituted with one or.
more functional
groups. As will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art,
"aliphatic" is intended
herein to include, but is not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkenyl,
and cycloalkynyl moieties. Thus, as used herein, the term "alkyl" includes
straight,
branched and cyclic alkyl groups. An analogous convention applies to other
generic
terms such as "alkenyl", "alkynyl", and the like. Furthermore, as used herein,
the terms
"alkyl", "alkenyl", "alkynyl", and the like encompass both substituted and
unsubstituted
groups. In certain embodiments, as used herein, "lower alkyl" is used to
indicate those
alkyl groups (cyclic, acyclic, substituted, unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched) having
1-6 carbon atoms.
100221 In certain embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups
employed
in the invention contain 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In certain other
embodiments, the
alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups employed in the invention contain 1-10
aliphatic
carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups
employed in the invention contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other
embodiments,
the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups employed in the invention contain 1-6
aliphatic
carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups
employed in the invention contain 1-4 carbon atoms. Illustrative aliphatic
groups thus
include, but are not limited to, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,
isopropyl,
cyclopropyl, -CH2-cyclopropyl, vinyl, ally!, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl,
tert-butyl,
cyclobutyl, -CH2-cyclobutyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl,
cyclopentyl, -
CH2-cyclopentyl, n-hexyl, sec-hexyl, cyclohexyl, -C112-cyclohexyl moieties and
the like,
which again, may bear one or more substituents. Alkenyl groups include, but
are not
limited to, for example, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, 1-methy1-2-buten-1-yl,
and the like.
Representative alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 2-
propynyl
(propargyl), 1-propynyl, and the like.
100231 The term "alkoxy", or "thioallcyl" as used herein refers to an
alkyl group,
as previously defined, attached to the parent molecule through an oxygen atom
or through
a sulfur atom. In certain embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups
contain 1-
20 alipahtic carbon atoms. In certain other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl,
and alkynyl
groups contain 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the
alkyl, alkenyl,
and alkynyl groups employed in the invention contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon
atoms. In still
other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups contain 1-6
aliphatic carbon
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
17
atoms. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and allcynyl groups
contain 1-4
. . aliphatic carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxy, include but are not
limited to, methoxy,
ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, neopentoxy, and n-hexoxy.
Examples
of thioalkyl include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio,
propylthio,
isopropylthio, n-butylthio, and the like.
[0024] The term "alkylamino" refers to a group having the
structure -NHR',
wherein R' is aliphatic, as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the
aliphatic group
contains 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In certain other embodiments, the
aliphatic group
contains 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the aliphatic
group
employed in the invention contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other
embodiments,
the aliphatic group contains 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other
embodiments, the
aliphatic group contains 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. Examples of alkylamino
groups
include, but are not limited to, methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, iso-
propylamino, cyclopropylarnino, n-butylamino, tert-butylarnino,
neopentylamino, n-
pentylamino, hexylamino, cyclohexylamino, and the like.
[0025] The term "dialkylamino" refers to a group having the
structure -NRR',
wherein R and R' are each an aliphatic group, as defined herein. R and R' may
be the
same or different in an dialkyamino moiety. In certain embodiments, the
aliphatic groups
contains 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In certain other embodiments, the
aliphatic groups
contains 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the aliphatic
groups
employed in the invention contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other
embodiments,
the aliphatic groups contains 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other
embodiments, the
aliphatic groups contains 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. Examples of dialkylamino
groups
include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methyl ethylamino,
diethylamino,
methylpropylamino, di(n-propyl)amino, di(iso-propyl)amino,
di(cyclopropyl)amino, di(n-
butyl)amino, di(tert-butyl)amino, di(neopentyl)amino, di(n-pentyl)amino,
di(hexyl)amino, di(cyclohexyDamino, and the like. In certain embodiments, R
and R' are
linked to form a cyclic structure. The resulting cyclic structure may be
aromatic or non-
aromatic. Examples of cyclic diaminoalkyl groups include, but are not limted
to,
aziridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl,
1,3,4-trianolyl, and
tetrazolyl.
[0026] Some examples of substituents of the above-described
aliphatic (and other)
moieties of compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to
aliphatic;
heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy;
aryloxy;
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
18
heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio;
heteroarylthio; F; Cl; Br;
I; -OH; -NO2; -CN; -CF3; -CH2CF3; -CHC12; -CH2OH;_-CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -
CH2S02CH3; -C(0)R; -0O2(Rx); -CON(R)2; -0C(0)R; -0CO2Rx; -000N(R)2; -
N(R)2; -S(0)2R; -NRx(CO)Rx wherein each occurrence of Rx independently
includes,
but is not limited to, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl,
arylalkyl, or
heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or
heteroarylalkyl
substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl
substituents
described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Additional
examples of
generally applicable substituents are illustrated by the specific embodiments
shown in the
Examples that are described herein.
[0027] In general, the terms "aryl" and "heteroaryl", as used herein,
refer to stable
mono- or polycyclic, heterocyclic, polycyclic, and polyheterocyclic
unsaturated moieties
having preferably 3-14 carbon atoms, each of which may be substituted or
unsubstituted.
Substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the previously mentioned
substitutents,
i.e., the substituents recited for aliphatic moieties, or for other moieties
as disclosed
herein, resulting in the formation of a stable compound. In certain
embodiments of the
present invention, "aryl" refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring
system having one
or two aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl,
tetrahydronaphthyl,
indanyl, indenyl, and the like. In certain embodiments of the present
invention, the term
"heteroaryl", as used herein, refers to a cyclic aromatic radical having from
five to ten
ring atoms of which one ring atom is selected from S, 0, and N; zero, one, or
two ring
atoms are additional heteroatoms independently selected from S, 0, and N; and
the
remaining ring atoms are carbon, the radical being joined to the rest of the
molecule via
any of the ring atoms, such as, for example, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl,
pyrrolyl,
pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl,
thiadiazolyl,oxadiazolyl,
thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and the like.
[0028] It will be appreciated that aryl and heteroaryl groups can be
unsubstituted
or substituted, wherein substitution includes replacement of one, two, three,
or more of
the hydrogen atoms thereon independently with any one or more of the following
moieties including, but not limited to: aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl;
heteroaryl;
arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; allcoxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; -F; -Cl; -Br; -I; -OH; -NO2; -CN; -
CF3; -
CH2CF3; -CHC12; -CH2OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -CH2S02CH3; -C(0)R; -0O2(Rx); -
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
19
CON(R)2; -0C(0)Rõ; -00O2R.; -000N(Rx)2; -1=1(Rx)2; -S(0)2R,C, -NR(CO)R,
wherein
. each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to,
aliphatic,
heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any
of the
aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituents
described above and
herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or
acyclic, and
wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents described above and herein
may be
substituted or unsubstituted. Additional examples of generally applicable
substitutents
are illustrated by the specific embodiments shown in the Examples that are
described
herein.
[0029] The term "cycloalkyl", as used herein, refers specifically to
groups having
three to seven, preferably three to ten carbon atoms. Suitable cycloallcyls
include, but are
not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl
and the like,
which, as in the case of other aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, or hetercyclic
moieties, may
optionally be substituted with substituents including, but not limited to
aliphatic;
heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy;
aryloxy;
heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio;
heteroarylthio; -F; -Cl; -
Br; -I; -OH; -NO2; -CN; -CF3; -CH2CF3; -CHC12; -CH2OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -
CH2S02CH3; -C(0)R; -0O2(Rx); -CON(R)2; -0C(0)R; -0CO2Rx; -000N(Rx)2; -
N(R)2; -S(0)2R; -NR(CO)R, wherein each occurrence of Rx independently
includes,
but is not limited to, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl,
arylalkyl, or
heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or
heteroarylalkyl
substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl
substituents
described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Additional
examples of
generally applicable substitutents are illustrated by the specific embodiments
shown in
the Examples that are described herein.
[0030] The term "heteroaliphatic", as used herein, refers to aliphatic
moieties that
contain one or more oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon atoms,
e.g., in place
of carbon atoms. Heteroaliphatic moieties may be branched, unbranched, cyclic
or
acyclic and include saturated and unsaturated heterocycles such as morpholino,
pyrrolidinyl, etc. In certain embodiments, heteroaliphatic moieties are
substituted by
independent replacement of one or more of the hydrogen atoms thereon with one
or more
moieties including, but not limited to aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl;
heteroaryl; arylalkyl;
heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio;
arylthio;
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; -F; -Cl; -Br; -I; -OH; -NO2; -CN; -CF3; -
CH2CF3; -CHCl2;
-CH2OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -CH2S02CH3; -C(0)R; -0O2(Rx); -CON(R)2; -
OC(0)Rx; -0CO2Rx; -OCON(Rx)2; -N(R)2; -S(0)2R; -NR(CO)R, wherein each
occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, aliphatic,
heteroaliphatic,
aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic,
heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituents described above
and herein may
be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic,
and wherein
any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents described above and herein may be
substituted
or unsubstituted. Additional examples of generally applicable substitutents
are illustrated
by the specific embodiments shown in the Examples that are described herein.
[0031] The terms "halo" and "halogen" as used herein refer to
an atom selected
from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
[0032] The term "haloalkyl" denotes an alkyl group, as
defined above, having
one, two, or three halogen atoms attached thereto and is exemplified by such
groups as
= chloromethyl, bromoethyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like.
[0033] The term "heterocycloalkyl" or "heterocycle", as used
herein, refers to a
non-aromatic 5-, 6-, or 7- membered ring or a polycyclic group, including, but
not limited
to a bi- or tri-cyclic group comprising fused six-membered rings having
between one and
three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen,
wherein (i)
each 5-membered ring has 0 to 1 double bonds and each 6-membered ring has 0 to
2
double bonds, (ii) the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally be
oxidized, (iii)
the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, and (iv) any of the
above
heterocyclic rings may be fused to a benzene ring. Representative heterocycles
include,
but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl,
imidazolinyl,
imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl,
morpholinyl,
thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl. In certain embodiments,
a "substituted
heterocycloalkyl or heterocycle" group is utilized and as used herein, refers
to a
heterocycloalkyl or heterocycle group, as defined above, substituted by the
independent
replacement of one, two or three of the hydrogen atoms thereon with but are
not limited
to aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl;
alkoxy; aryloxy;
heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio;
heteroarylthio; -F; -Cl; -
Br; -I; -OH; -NO2; -CN; -CF3; -CH2CF3; -CHC12; -CH2OH; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -
CH2S02CH3; -C(0)R; -0O2(Rx); -CON(R)2; -0C(0)R; -0CO2Rx; -000N(Rx)2; -
N(R)2; -S(0)2R; -NR(CO)R, wherein each occurrence of Rx independently
includes,
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
21
but is not limited to, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl,
arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl,
wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl
substituents
described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched,
cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents
described above and
herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Additional examples of generally
applicable
substitutents are illustrated by the specific embodiments shown in the
Examples which are
described herein.
[0034] "Carbocycle": The term "carbocycle", as used herein, refers to an
aromatic or
non-aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is a carbon atom.
[0035] "Independently selected": The term "independently selected" is used
herein
to indicate that the R groups can be identical or different.
[0036] "Labeled": As used herein, the term "labeled" is intended to mean
that a
compound has at least one element, isotope, or chemical compound attached to
enable the
detection of the compound. In general, labels typically fall into three
classes: a) isotopic
labels, which may be radioactive or heavy isotopes, including, but not limited
to, 2H, 3H, 32P,
35S, 67Ga, "mTc (Tc-99m), 111In; 1231 1251 169yb and ;
b) immune labels, which may be
antibodies or antigens, which may be bound to enzymes (such as horseradish
peroxidase)
that produce detectable agents; and c) colored, luminescent, phosphorescent,
or
fluorescent dyes. It will be appreciated that the labels may be incorporated
into the
compound at any position that does not interfere with the biological activity
or characteristic
of the compound that is being detected. In certain embodiments, hydrogen atoms
in the
compound are replaced with deuterium atoms (2H) to slow the degradation of
compound in
vivo. Due to isotope effects, enzymatic degradation of the deuterated
tetracyclines may be
slowed thereby increasing the half-life of the compound in vivo. In certain
embodiments of
the invention, photoaffinity labeling is utilized for the direct elucidation
of intermolecular
interactions in biological systems. A variety of known photophores can be
employed, most
relying on photoconversion of diazo compounds, azides, or diazirines to
nitrenes or
carbenes (see Bayley, H., Photogenerated Reagents in Biochemistry and
Molecular Biology
(1983), Elsevier, Amsterdam.). In certain embodiments of the invention, the
photoaffinity
labels employed are o-, m- and p-azidobenzoyls, substituted with one or more
halogen
moieties, including, but not limited to 4-azido-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorobenzoic
acid.
[0037] "Tautomers": As used herein, the term "tautomers" are particular
isomers
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
22
of a compound in which a hydrogen and double bond have changed position with
respect
to the other atoms of the molecule. For a pair of tautomers to exist there
must be a
mechanism for interconversion. Examples of tautomers include keto-enol forms,
imine-
enamine forms, amide-imino alcohol forms, amidine-aminidine forms, nitroso-
oxime
forms, thio ketone-enethiol forms, N-nitroso-hydroxyazo forms, nitro-aci-nitro
forms, and
pyridione-hydroxypyridine forms.
100381 Definitions of non-chemical terms used throughout the
specification
include:
100391 "Animal": The term animal, as used herein, refers to humans as
well as
non-human animals, including, for example, mammals, birds, reptiles,
amphibians, and
fish. Preferably, the non-human animal is a mammal (e.g., a rodent, a mouse, a
rat, a
rabbit, a monkey, a dog, a cat, a primate, or a pig). A non-human animal may
be a
transgenic animal.
100401 "Associated with": When two entities are "associated with" one
another
as described herein, they are linked by a direct or indirect covalent or non-
covalent
interaction. Preferably, the association is covalent. Desirable non-covalent
interactions
include hydrogen bonding, van der Waals interactions, hydrophobic
interactions,
magnetic interactions, electrostatic interactions, etc.
100411 "Effective amount": In general, the "effective amount" of an
active agent
or the microparticles refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired
biological
response. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art, the
effective
amount of a compound of the invention may vary depending on such factors as
the
desired biological endpoint, the pharmacoldnetics of the compound, the disease
being
treated, the mode of administration, and the patient For example, the
effective amount of
a tetracycline analog antibiotic is the amount that results in a sufficient
concentration at
the site of the infection to kill the microorganism causing the infection
(bacteriocidal) or
to inhibit the reproduction of such microorganisms (bacteriostatic). In
another example,
the effective amount of tetracycline analog antibiotic is the amount
sufficient to reverse
clinicals signs and symptoms of the infection, including fever, redness,
warmth, pain,
chills, cultures, and pus production.
Brief Description of the Drawing
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
23
[0042] Figure I shows the modular synthesis of tetracycline and
tetracycline
analogs starting from benzoic acid. .
[0043] Figure 2 depicts the total synthesis of(-)-tetracycline starting
from benzoic
acid and involving an o-quinone dimethide Diels-Alder reaction between the
chiral enone
and the benzocyclobutenol 11. The overall yield for the 17 step syntheis was
1.1%.
[0044] Figure 3 is the total synthesis of (-)-doxycycline in 18 steps
(overall yield
8.2%). The synthesis includes the reaction of the chiral enone 23 with the
anion 24 to
yield the tetracycline core. The first seven steps are identical to the first
seven steps in the
synthesis of(-)-tetracycline shown in Figure 2.
[0045] Figure 4 shows a first and second generation synthesis of
isoxazole 4 used
in the synthesis of (-)-tetracycline and (-)-doxycycline as shown in Figure 2.
[0046] Figure 5 shows the synthesis of benzocyclobutenol 11 used in the
synthesis of (-)-tetracycline as shown in Figure 2.
[0047] Figure 6 shows the synthesis of dicyclines. Dicyclines preserve
the
hydrophilic region thought to be important for the antimicrobial activity of
tetracyclines.
[0048] Figure 7 depicts the synthesis of tricyclines via a Diels-Alder
reaction with
the chiral enone 10 and a diene (41). Tricyclines preserve the hydrophobic
region
thought to be important for antimicrobial activity.
[0049] Figure 8 shows the synthesis of pentacyclines.
[0050] Figure 9 shows the synthesis of bridge pentacyclines by reacting
anion 47
with a chiral enone.
[0051] Figure 10 shows five compounds that may be used as analog
platforms for
the synthesis of tetracycline analogs.
[0052] Figure 11 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a
pyridone/hydroxypyridine analog of sancycline.
[0053] Figure 12 shows the total synthesis of 6-deoxytetracycline from
benzoic
acid in 14 steps (overall yield 8%). The first ten steps are identical to the
first 10 steps in
the synthesis of (-)-tetracycline shown in Figure 2.
[0054] Figure 13A shows the synthesis of a pyridine analog of sancycline,
7-aza-
10-deoxysancycline. Figure 13B shows the synthesis of 10-deoxysancycline.
[0055] Figure 14A and 14B show a number of examples of heterocyclines,
tetracycline analogs, pentacyclines, and polycyclines potentially accessible
via the
inventive method.
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
24
[0056] Figure 15 shows the chemical structures of various tetracycline
antibiotics.
(-)-Tetracycline (1) was first produced semi-synthetically, by hydrogenolysis
of the
fermentation product aureomycin (7-chlorotetracycline), but later was
discovered to be a
natural product and is now produced by fermentation (M. Nelson, W. HiIlen, R.
A.
Greenwald, Eds., Tetracyclines in Biology, Chemistry and Medicine (Birkhauser
Verlag,
Boston, 2001)). (-)-Doxycycline (2) and minocycline (3) are clinically
important non-natural
antibiotics and are both manufactured by multi-step chemical transformations
of
fermentation products (semi-synthesis) (M. Nelson, W. Hillen, R. A. Greenwald,
Eds.,
Tetracyclines in Biology, Chemistry and Medicine (Birkhauser Verlag, Boston,
2001)).
Structures 4-6 are representative of tetracycline-like molecules that cannot
be prepared by
any known semisynthetic pathway, but which are now accessible by the
convergent
assembly depicted in Figure 15B. Figure 15B depicts a generalized Michael-
Dieckmann
reaction sequence that forms the C-ring of tetracyclines from the coupling of
structurally
varied carbanionic D-ring precursors with either of the AB precursors 7 or 8.
[0057] Figure 16 shows the transformation of benzoic acid in 7 steps to
the key
bicyclic intermediate 14. This product is then used to prepare the AB
precursor enone 7 by
the 4-step sequence shown, or to enone 8, AB precursor to 6-deoxy-5-
hydroxytetracycline
derivatives, by the 8-step sequence shown.
[0058] Figure 17 shows the synthesis of the clinically important
antibiotic
(-)-doxycycline (2) by the convergent coupling of the o-toluate anion derived
from 18 and
the AB precursor enone 8.
[0059] Figure 18 shows the synthesis of structurally diverse 6-
deoxytetracyclines by
coupling of structurally diverse D-ring precursors and AB precursors 7 or 8.
The number of
steps and overall yields from benzoic acid are shown in parentheses below each
structure
synthesized. MIC values (pg/mL) are also shown for whole-cell antibacterial
testing of each
analog against 5 Gram-positive and 5-Gram-negative microorganisms.
Corresponding MICs
for tetracycline (1), a testing control, appear at bottom.
[0060] Figure 19 shows a crystalline Michael adduct as the product of a
lithium
anion and a chiral enone.
[0061] Figure 20 shows the synthesis of a pentacycline via a Michael-
Dieckman
reaction sequence.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
[0062] Figure 21 shows the synthesis of various novel tetracycline
analogs and
- their corresponding D-ring precursor. These compounds represent significant
gaps in the
tetracycline fields, likely missing from the literature for lack of a viable
synthesis.
[0063] Figure 22 shows alternative sequences to AB enone precursors from
1S,2R-cis-dihydroxybenzoic acid.
[0064] Figure 23 shows novel routes to AB precursors. These routes do
not
involve the microbial dihydroxylation of benzoic acid.
[0065] Figure 24 is an exemplary synthetic scheme for preparing a
pentacycline
of formula:
H3c.N...CH3
H H :
0*.ere L=ri
NH2
0
OH 0 HO H 0 0
[0066] Figure 25 is an exemplary synthetic scheme for preparing a
pentacycline
of formula:
H3C,N-CH3
H H -
CH >rell 000
N H2
WAIF
CH:H
1õ.. 6
OH 0 HO H 0 0
[0067] Figure 26 is a table showing the antibacterial activity of
various novel
tetracyclines and pentacyclines in comparison to known antibiotics currently
used in the
clicnic such as tetracycline, doxycycline, minocycline, ciprofloxacin, and
imipenem. The
table includes MIC values (p.g/mL) for both Gram-positive and Gram-negative
organisms.
Several of the organisms used in the testing are tetracycline resistant. The
methyl green
assay tests for the ability of the compound to intercalate DNA. None of the
tested
compounds were found to intercalate DNA. The transcription/translation (TnT)
assay is
designed to assist in determining the mechanism of action of the tested
compounds.
[0068] Figure 27 is a table of minimum inhibitory concentrations of the
depicted
pentacylic and tetracyclic analogs based on a panel of gram negative and gram
positive
microorganisms. The minimum inhibitory concentrations of tigecycline and
tetracycline
based on the same panel are shown for comparison.
Detailed Description of Certain Preferred Embodiments of the Invention
100691 The present invention provides a strategy for the synthesis of
tetracycline
analogs via a convergent synthesis using as an intermediate, the highly
functionalized
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
26
chiral enone 9 as shown below:
¨. R3 R3 R4, R5
r=1 7
OHIO
R6
OP
0 0 o:(9) .
wherein R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
=branched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORc; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -CO2Rc; -CN; -SCN; -
SRc; -
SORc; -SO2Rc; -NO2; -N(Rc)2; -NHC(0)Rc; or -C(Rc)3; wherein each occurrence of
Rc
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(0)RD; -CO2RD; -CN; -SCN; -SRD;
-
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(R0)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R5 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
=branched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
_
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -SCN; -SRE; or -N(RE)2; wherein
each
occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic
moiety, a
heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety;
alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy;
or
heteroarylthio moiety;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
27
unsubstitued aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic,
substituted or
unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -SCN, -SH, alkylthio, arylthio,--NO2, amino,
alkyl
amino, and dialkyl amino groups;
P is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting
group. The chiral enone 9 can be reacted with anions of phthalides, anions of
toluates,
benzocyclobutenole, or dienes to yield tetracycline analogs including
heterocyclic
tetracyclines, dicyclines, tricyclines, pentacyclines, heterocyclic
pentacyclines,
hexacyclines, heterocyclic hexacyclines, polycyclines, and heterocyclic
polycyclines.
These new compounds are tested for anti-microbial activity against microbes
including
traditionally tetracycline-sensitive organisms as well as organisms known to
be
tetracycline-resistant. Many tetracycline analogs and pentacycline analogs
have anti-
microbial activity comparable to known antibiotics currently used in human and
veterinary medicine. Compounds found to be bacteriocidal or bacteriostatic are
used in
formulating pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of infections in
human and
veterinary medicine. The compounds are also tested for anti-proliferative
activity. Such
compounds are useful in the treatment of antiproliferative diseases including
cancer, anti-
inflammatory diseases, autoirrunune diseases, benign neoplasms, and diabetic
retinopathy.
The inventive approach to the synthesis of tetracycline analogs allows for the
efficient
synthesis of many compounds never before prepared or available using earlier
routes and
semi-synthetic techniques.
Compounds
[0070] Compounds of the present invention include tetracycline analogs,
heterocyclic tetracycline analogs, dicyclines, tricyclines, pentacyclines,
heterocylic
pentatcyclines, bridged pentacyclines, heterocyclic polycyclines, bridged
polycyclines,
and other polycyclines. Particularly useful compounds of the present invention
include
those with biological activity. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the
invention
exhibit antimicrobial activity. For example, the compound may have a minimum
inhibitory concentration, with respect to a particular bacteria, of less than
100 p.g/inL, of
less than 50 g/mL, preferably less than 25 pz/rnL, more preferably less than
5 tig/mL,
and most preferably less than 1 j.tg/mL or less than 0.11.1.g/mL. For example,
infection
caused by the following organisms may be treated with antimicrobial compounds
of the
invention: Gram-positives¨Staphylocococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis,
Streptococcus Group A, Streptococcus viridans, Streptococcus pneumoniae,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
28
Enterococcus faecalis; Gram-negatives¨Neisseria meningitidis, Neisseria
gonorrhoeae,
Haemophilus influenzae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas
aeruginosa, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, other Bacteroides;
and
others¨Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Treponema pallidum, Rickettsia, and Chlamydia.
In
certain embodiments, the compounds exhibit anti-fungal activty. In other
embodiments,
the compounds of the invention exhibit antiproliferative activity.
[0071] In certain embodiments, the tetracycline analogs of the
present invention
are represented by the formula:
R1 R2.R3 RA Rs
R8.:, I-1 ,= _==
= - -
= OH
(R7)n- D 000
I
NH2
R6 OH
0 OH 0 0 (10).
The D-ring of 10 may include one, two, or three double bonds. In certain
embodiments,
the D-ring is aromatic. In other embodiments, the D-ring includes only one
double bond,
and in yet other embodiments, the D-ring includes two double bonds which may
or may
not be in conjugation. The 1)-ring may be substituted with various groups R7,
R6, and R8
as defined below.
[0072] In 10, R1 can be hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or
unbranched aryl;
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -
C(=0)RA; -
CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA; -SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3;
wherein each occurrence of RA is independently a hydrogen, halogen, a
protecting group,
an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety;
a heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, allcylamino,
dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety. In certain embodiments, R1 is
hydrogen. In othe
embodiments, R1 is lower alkyl, alkenyl, or alicynyl. In certain embodiments,
R1 is C1-C6
alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, cyclopropyl,
or isopropyl.
In certain embodiments, R1 is ethyl. In still other embodiments R1 is methyl.
In certain
embodiments, R1 is acyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨CO2H. In other
embodiments,
R1 is ¨CO2RA. In certain particular embodiments, RI is ¨0O2Me. In certain
embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl. In other
embodiments,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
29
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, Ri is substituted or
unsubstituted
phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is phenyl.
[0073] R2 may be hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or
unbranched aryl;
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORB; =0; -
C(=0)Ra; -
CO2R8; -CN; -SCN; -SRB; -SORB; -SO2RB; -NO2; -N(Ra)2; -NHC(0)RB; or -C(Ra)3;
wherein each occurrence of RB is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group,
an
aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a
heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; allcylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety. In certain embodiments, R2 is
hydrogen. In
other embodiments, R2 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl group. In certain
embodiments, R2 is alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, R2 is a lower alkyl,
alkenyl, or
alkynyl group. In certain embodiments, R2 is acyl. In certain embodiments, R2
is ¨
CO2RB. In certain particular embodiments, R2 is ¨CO2H. In other embodiments,
R2 is ¨
CO2Me. In certain embodiments, RI is methyl, and R2 is hydroxyl. In other
embodiments, Ri is methyl, and R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 and
R2 are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are taken together to form a
carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system spiro-linked to 10.
[0074] R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -01k; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -0O21k; -CN; -SCN; -
SIk; -
SOlk; -S021k; -NO2; -N(1k)2; -NHC(0)1k; or -C(1k)3; wherein each occurrence of
Re
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, allcylamino, dialkylarnino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. In
certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydroxyl
group or a
protected hydroxyl group. In certain embodiments, R3 is hydroxyl. In yet other
embodiments, R3 is alkoxy. In still further embodiments, R3 is lower alkyl,
alkenyl, or
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is hydrogen; R2 is hydrogen; and R3 is
hydroxyl. In
certain embodiments, all of RI, R2, and R3 are hydrogen.
[0075] R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(=O)RD; -CO2RD; -CN; -SCN; -
SRD; -
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(RD)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. In
certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R4 is a hydroxyl
group or a
protected hydroxyl group. In yet other embodiments, R4 is alkoxy. In still
further
embodiments, R4 is lower alkyl, alkenyl, or allcynyl. In certain embodiments,
both R3 and
R4 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is hydroxyl, and R4 is hydrogen.
In other
embodiments, R3 and R4 are taken together to form a carbocyclic or
heterocyclic ring
system spiro-linked to the B-ring of 10. In certain embodiments, R1 is
hydrogen; R2 is
hydrogen; R3 is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 is
methyl; R2
is hydroxyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 is
methyl;
R2 is hydroxyl; R3 is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1
is
methyl; R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, R1
is methyl; R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments,
all of RI, R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen.
[0076] Rs may be hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or
unbranched aryl;
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -
SCN; -SRE;
or -N(RE)2; wherein each occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, a
protecting
group, an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl
moiety; a
heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, allcylamino,
diallcylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety. In certain embodiments, R5 is amino,
allcylamino, or dialkylamino; preferably dimethylamino, diethylamino,
methyl(ethyl)amino, dipropylamino, methyl(propyl)amino, or ethyl(propypamino.
In
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
31
certain embodiments, R5 is dimethylamino. In other embodiments, R5 is
hydroxyl,
protected hydroxyl, or alkoxy. In yet other-embodiments, R5 is sulfhydryl,
protected
sulhydryl, or alkylthioxy.
[0077] R7 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -011c; =0; -C(=0)1t0; -CO2R3; -CN; -SCN; -
SRG; -
SORG; -SO2RG; -NO2; -N(RG)2; -NHC(0)R6; or -C(R0)3; wherein each occurrence of
RG
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. In
certain embodiments, R7 is hydroxyl, protected hydroxyl, alkoxy, lower alkyl,
lower
alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or halogen. In certaim embodiments, R7 is hydroxyl.
[0078] R6 and R8 are absent if the dashed line between the carbon atoms
which R6
and R8 are attached to represents a bond, or are each selected independently
from the
group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstitued aliphatic,
substituted
or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -
CN, -SCN, -
SH, alkylthio, -NO2, amino, alkyl amino, and diallcyl amino groups. In certain
embodiments, R6 and Rs are absent. In other embodiments, R6 or R8 is absent.
[0079] The variable n is an integer in the range of 0 to 8, inclusive. As
will be
appreciated by one of skill in the art, when the D-ring is aromatic n is an
integer between
0 and 4, preferably between 1 and 3, more preferable between 1 and 2. In
certain
embodiments, when n is 2, the substituents R7 are in the ortho configuration.
In other
embodiments, when n is 2, the substituents R7 are in the para configuration.
And in yet
other embodiments, when n is 2, the substituents R7 are in the meta
configuration. In
certain embodiments, n is 0. In certain embodiments, n is 1.
[0080] A dashed line in formula 10 may represent a bond or the absence of
a
bond.
[0081] As will be appreciated by one of skill in this art, compounds of
formula 10
include derivatives, labeled forms, salts, pro-drugs, isomers, and tautomers
thereof.
Derivatives include protected forms. Salts include any pharmaceutically
acceptable salts
including HC1, HBr, HI, acetate, and fatty acid (e.g., lactate, citrate,
myristoleate, oleate,
valerate) salts. In certain embodiments, the inventive compound exists in
zwitterionic
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
32
form at neutral p11 with the R5 being a protonated amino group and the C-3
hydroxyl
group deprotonated as shown in formula 10a.
R1 R2 ,R3 Rfi H( RE)2+
R8 7
0"
(R7)11-
000
NH2
R6 OH
0 OH 0 0 (10a)
Isomers include geometric isomers, diastereomers, and enantiomers. Tautomers
include
both keto and enol forms of carbonyl moieties as well as various tautomeric
forms of
substituted and unsubstituted heterocycles. For example, the B-ring as shown
in formula
includes an enol moiety as drawn, but the enol may exist as the keto form in
certain
compounds as shown below in formula 10b and 10c:
R1 R7.R3 R5
R8 T-I =
¨ ¨ -
OH
I I
(R7)n¨
NI-12
R6 OH
0 0 0 0 (10b)
R1 R2.1:23 Rd. _R5
R8 fl
OH
0.0
(R7)n-
= 10
NH2
R6 OH
OH 0 0 0 (10C)
Other tautomeric forms will be appreciated by one of skill in the art and will
depend on
the substitution pattern of the core ring structure. The formulae drawn are
only given as
examples and do not in any way represent the full range of tautomers that may
exist for a
particular compound.
[00821 Various subclasses of compounds of the formula 10 which include a
substituted or unsubstituted aromatic D-ring are shown below. These subclasses
include
unsustituted, monosubstituted, disubstituted, and trisubstituted D-ring.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
33
Ri_ RLR3_ R4. I 5 R.1. RfiR3. Rt., 1._:15
. - . - .
0
-
14111111.1.0 OH
- OS. OH
NH2
NH2
....
OH OH
0 OH 0 0 R7
0 OH 0 0
Rt R2R3a R4 125 RI. R2.1:23 R4. _R5
--3 2 ':::. 2 = " =-: 11
. - . - .
41
- - - OH R7 I. - - OH I
07.0 0111.01111
-
R7 0 NH2
NH2
OH OH
0 OH 0 0
OH 0 0
R7 Ri Fv3 Rh R5 RI R?..r..?.. Ril t15
_ _
_
OH
ot 07.41011 OH
NH2 4 R7
NH 11111181111,
5H OH
0 OH 0 0 R7 0 OH 0 0
R1 R R3 R5 R7 R R R
1. ii 3 Rh =R5
- - OH OH
R7 41011.111111 NH2 141111111111111111111111
NH2
OH OH
R7 0 OH 0 0 R7 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
34
R2, RiiR2 Rti 1.35 R7 R f RR R R5 i 3
R77 OH OH R7 - - - - -
-
NH2 411111111111110 _ _
NH2
R 41111.1111111111111
OH OH
0 OH 0 0 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 R2iR3 Rfi R5 RI. R2R3 Rfi 125
. - . - .
- - OH R7 - OH
R 7 01 ell I
NH2 011
R7 NH2 11111111\, i
OH OH
0 OH 0 0 R7 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 R7 _R3 RA R5 R7 R: ?31 R R R R5
-I -1 =
- = - = - OH . _ . _ _
OH
-
R7 41101111111111111
R7 NH2 R7 1411111111111111111111111 NH2
OH OH
0 OH 0 0 R7 0 OH 0 0
R7 1 i R R R3 R R5
R7 R1 141R3 Rt., R5
R7 -
_
4114111 OH R7 0 iloillizillt OH
NH R7
II* NH2
OH oH
R7 0 OH 0 0 R7 0 OH 0 0
wherein the definitions of RI, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are as described in genera,
classes,
subclasses, and species described herein, and R7 is halogen; cyclic or
acyclic, substituted
or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or
unbranched aryl;
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORc; =0; -
C(=0)R0; -
CO2RG; -CN; -SCN; -SRG; -SORG; -SO2RQ; -NO2; -N(Ro)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(Ro)3;
wherein each occurrence of RG is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group,
an
aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a
heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; allcylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino,
diallcylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety. In certain embodiments, R7 is
hydroxyl,
protected hydroxyl, alkoxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or
halogen. In
other embodidments, R7 is cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
unbranched aliphatic; or cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic. In yet other embodiments, R7 is amino, alkylamino,
or ¨.
diallcylamino. In other embodiments, R7 is substitued or unsubstituted cyclic,
heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R7 is branched or
unbranched
acyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is hydroxyl; R3 is hydrogen; R4
is
hydrogen; and R5 is dimethylamino. In other embodiments, RI is methyl; R2 is
hydroxyl;
R3 is hydroxyl; R4 is hydrogen; and R5 is dimethylamino. In other embodiments,
R1 is
methyl; R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydroxyl; 114 is hydrogen; and R5 is
dimethylamino. In yet
other embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydrogen; R4 is
hydrogen; and R5
is dimethylamino. In certain embodiments, all R1-R4 are hydrogen; and R5 is
dimethylamino.
100831 Various subclasses of compounds of the formula 10 which include a
hydroxyl group at C10 are shown:
R% R R3 R _N(RE)2
=
- - OH
(R7)n¨,, I
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 RfiR3 R N(RE)2
OH
41110011
NH
8H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 R R3 R."r N(RE)2)2
i 7
= = = - OH
101111111111111-4111
R7
OH NH
OH 0 OH 0 0
RR3
N(RE)2
R
. _ _ .
R7 OH
11000 NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
36
R=j, RfiR3 R t_1(RE)2
. 41410.410 OH
_
NH2
(5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
OHR3 Rd. N(RE)2
H t_i 7
OH
(R7)n-7 I
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
H3C, OMR3 R4. 1.2_1(RE)2
V -:
OH
NH2
OOPS
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
011 N(RE)2
H
=
OH
n
(R7) ¨ I
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
(R7)n¨ I 11111L.
(RE)2
OH
=
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
H3C,... OH N(RE)2 =
H H
_ -
OH
7
400 )n I 1111111
(R ¨
NH2
¨6H
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
37
Ri R2.1R3 Rc ORE
-
' OH
_
- / 1 .
(R7)n¨ I 1
10111111:11110
\.,. NH2
011
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 Ii2 .R3 R4. _SRE
-
OH
/ 1 7
(R7)n¨ 00 I IIIII i
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 OH N(Me)2 Me, R2 N(Me)2
...
OH . r2 = 7
- 411141101 -
OH
NH2 01111M1111_111111
_N(RE)2 NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
Ri R2. OH N(Me)2 R1 R2_ OH
-
4110.1111111 OH -
OH
NH2 401.11011111
NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein the definitions of RI, R2, R3, Ri, R5, RE, and R7 are as described in
the genera,
classes, subclasses, and species above. In certain embodiments, R1 is
hydrogen. In other
embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In
still other
embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are both
hydrogen. In
other embodiments, R1 and R3 are both hydrogen. In still other embodiments, R1
and R4
are both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 and R3 are both hydrogen. In
other
embodiments, R2 and R4 are both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 and R4
are both
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RI, R2, and R3 are all hydrogen. In other
embodiments, RI, R2, and R4 are all hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, RI,
R3, and R4
are all hydrogen. In still other embodiments, R2, R3, and R4 are all hydrogen.
In certain
embodiments, all of RI, R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
Ri is C1-C6
alkyl. In other particular embodiments, R1 is methyl. In certain embodiments,
R2 is
hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R1
is methyl;
R2 is hydroxyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1
is methyl;
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
38
R2 is hydroxyl; R3 is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1
is methyl;
R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments,
R1 is
methyl; R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen.
[00841 In
certain embodiments, the compound of formula 10 is of the formula:
RI. R34 N(Me)2
=.
Fos OP
NP2
41111111111\._
OP
OP 0 OP 0 0
wherein P, RI, and R2 are defined above. In certain embodiments, all P are
hydrogen. In
certain particular embodiments, the compound is of formula:
H3C OH N(Me)2
H H
= =
1411111110. OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
[0085] In
certain embodiments, the compound of formula 10 is of the formula:
Ri N(Me)2
= H H
- = 7
OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein R1 is defined above. In certain embodiments, R1 is cyclic or acyclic,
substituted
or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R1
is C1-C6
alkyl. In certain other embodiments, RI is methyl. In certain other
embodiments, R1 is
ethyl. In certain other embodiments, R1 is propyl. In certain embodiments, R1
is cyclic or
acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic.
In certain
embodiments, R1 is acyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨C(0)RA. In certain
embodiments, R1 is ¨C(=0)N(RA)2. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨CO2RA. In
certain
embodiments, Ri is ¨CO2H or ¨0O2Me. In certain embodiments, Rt is substituted
or
unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain
embodiments, R1
is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
unsubstituted
phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted phenyl. In certain
embodiments, R1 is
mono-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ortho-substituted
phenyl. In
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
39
certain embodiments, R1 is meta-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1
is para-
-- substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is di-substituted
phenyl. In certain
embodiments, the compound is of formula:
ii ----(RA)n
./..
N(Me)2
- H H =
: ¨
IOH
=-=,,... ¨_-_. -
/ NH2
_
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 ,
wherein each occurrence of RA is independently a hydrogen, halogen, a
protecting group,
an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety;
a heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino,
diallcylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety; and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In certain
embodiments,
the compound is of formula:
RA
,
0
N(Me)2
H H =
¨ '
OH
101111111100
NH
= OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
Exemplary compounds include:
CO2H N(Me)2 Et N(Me)2
= H H -7 ¨ H
= H -
_ _
- ---.,,
-
1 I I I
/ -.....,.. , NH2=-=-.OH
0 OH OH ..'- -...s. , NH2
= =
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 0 0
CO2Me N(Me)2 Me N(Me)2
= H H 7= = H H -7-
_
_ . 7 = = 7
- _
7 -7 OH -
OH
-....%. ---,..,
'
I I
/111111 z NH2 /11111141111:1111111 NH2
=
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
CH3
_
... . 0
Ph N(Me)2
H _=N(Me)2
= H H S
_ _ = H _
7 = : - - _
- - OH
s-.õ,_ 7 - OH =-..,., -
_
-
I I I I
./ --. , NH 2 % = . , N .. , 0
OH NH2
= =
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 . 0
F
10/
N(Me)2
= H _I --;I 7=j,
r-
- OH
4 I
0010-.
'., , NH2
a.
OH
. OH 0 OH 0 0 .
[0086] In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 10 is
of the formula:
Ri OH N(Me)2
= H F-- H
OH
/ 1 7
I I
.
=,,,,_ NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein R1 is defined above. In certain embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, R1 is cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched
or
unbranched aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R1 is C1-C6 alkyl. In certain
other
embodiments, R1 is methyl. In certain other embodiments, R1 is ethyl. In
certain other
embodiments, R1 is propyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments,
R1 is
acyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨C(0)RA. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨
C(=0)N(RA)2. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨CO2RA. In certain embodiments, R1
is ¨
CO2H or ¨0O2Me. In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted
aryl or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
substituted or
. unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted phenyl. In
certain
embodiments, R1 is substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is mono-
substituted
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
41
phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ortho-substituted phenyl. In certain
embodiments,
R1 is meta-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, Ri is para-substituted
phenyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is di-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, the
compound
is of formula:
¨(RA)fl
OH
H N(Me)2
= H = =
_
_
OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein each occurrence of RA is independently a hydrogen, halogen, a
protecting group,
an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety;
a heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety; and n is 1, 2, 3,4, or 5. In certain
embodiments,
the compound is of formula:
RA
OH N(Me)2
= H = H F-
_ _
0 H
NH2
0 H
0 H 0 0 H 0 0
Exemplary compounds include:
CO2H OH N(Me)2 Et OH N(Me)2
= H = H = H = H
-40
I 101 1101 OH
_7 _7
NH2 , OH
I
NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
42
CO2Me OH N(Me)2 Me OH N(Me)2
=H=HF =H=Hr-
7 = 7 = 7
-
I I I I
==== , N H 2 ..''''''' NH2
7410_7
=
OH oN
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 .0
CH3
Ph OH N(Me)2 OH N(Me)2
- - OHOH
I
-.õ.. 4107.
I 0100.7
/ NH2 0 NH2
_
=
OH 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0, OH 0 0
F
11101 OH N(Me)2
OH
.701 I MOH
I I I I li Z NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
[0087] In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 10 is of the
formula:
R2 N(Me)2
H H Tr:
011111111111111-1111 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein R2 is defined above. In certain embodiments, R2 is cyclic or acyclic,
substituted
or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R2
is C1-C6
alkyl. In certain other embodiments, R2 is methyl. In certain other
embodiments, R2 is
ethyl. In certain other embodiments, R2 is propyl. In certain embodiments, R2
is cyclic or
acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic.
In certain
embodiments, R2 is acyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is ¨C(0)R. In certain
embodiments, R2 is ¨C(0)N(R)2. In certain embodiments, R2 is ¨CO2RB. In
certain
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
43
embodiments, R2 is ¨CO2H or ¨0O2Me. In certain embodiments, R2 is substituted
or
unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain
embodiments, R2
is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is
unsubstituted
phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted phenyl. In certain
embodiments, RI is
mono-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ortho-substituted
phenyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is meta-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1
is par a-
substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, Ri is di-substituted phenyl. In
certain
embodiments, the compound is of formula:
N(Me)2
H
_ - OH
007.400
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein each occurrence of RB is independently a hydrogen, halogen, a
protecting group,
an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety;
a heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; allcylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety; and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In certain
embodiments,
the compound is of formula:
RB
1110 N(Me)2
H
7
101 1110.11111 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Exemplary compounds include:
CO2H N(Me)2 Et N(Me)2
H 7 H T
- OH _
OH
0040
NH2 01 41411 NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
44
CO2Me N(Me)2 Me N(Me)2
.H H
7
_ OH =
11110111111411110
OH
NH 2 000
NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CH3
110
Ph N(Me)2 N(Me)2
H H
= 7 =
1101 *MO OH
NH2 0SOO H
NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
1:110 N(Me)2
H
7
los OH
040,
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
[0088] In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 10 is of the
formula:
R2 OH N(Me)2
H = H
= - OH
NH
41111 O.
H
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein R2 is defined above. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, R2 is cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched
or
unbranched aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R2 is C1-C6 alkyl. In certain
other
embodiments, R2 is methyl. In certain other embodiments, R2 is ethyl. In
certain other
embodiments, R2 is propyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments,
R2 is
acyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is ¨C(0)R. In certain embodiments, R2 is ¨
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
C(=0)N(RB)2. In certain embodiments, R2 is ¨CO2RB. In certain embodiments, R2
is ¨
CO2H or ¨0O2Me. In certain-embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted
aryl or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R2 is
substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted phenyl. In
certain
embodiments, R2 is substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is mono-
substituted
phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is ortho-substituted phenyl. In certain
embodiments,
R2 is meta-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is para-substituted
phenyl. In
certain embodiments, R2 is di-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, the
compound
is of formula:
OH N (M e )2
HsHs
Faith= =lion- OH
1010 WI" N H 2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein each occurrence of RB is independently a hydrogen, halogen, a
protecting group,
an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety;
a heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety; and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In certain
embodiments,
the compound is of formula:
R
OH N (M e)2
H = H 7-7
OH
00-.410010
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Exemplary compounds include:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
46
CO2H OH N(M)2 Et OH N(Me)2
- -
- 4 1 OH
. .400110 . . 107 , 110 . OH
NH2 00 : NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CO2Me OH N(Me)2 Me OH N(Me)2
=
OH _ - OH
100110-410-1111
NH2 0 ie.
. i NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CH3
all
.
Ph OH N(Me)2 - OH N(Me)2
OHS
OH
NH2 NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
F
11101 OH N(Me)2
HHE
OH_
1011111170111111111 NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
[00891 In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 10 is of the
formula:
HR3 Rd. N(Me)22
OH
00.40:40
NH2
8H
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein R3 and R4 are defined as above. In certain embodiments, R4 is
hydrogen; and R3
is ¨0Rc. In certain embodiments, Rs is hydrogen; and R3 is ¨0Rc, wherein Rc is
C1-C6
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
47
alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ri is hydrogen; and R3 is -OMe. In certain
embodiments,
Rtt is hydrogen; and R3 is -OH. In certain particular embodiments, the
compound is of
formula:
ORc N(Me)2 -
H = H E
- -: - -:
. =.,,, .
I I
NH2
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 ,
wherein Rc is as defined above. In certain embodiments, Rc is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, Rc is aliphatic. In certain embodiments, Rc is C1-C6 allcyl. In
certain
embodiments, Rc is methyl. In certain embodiments, Rc is ethyl. In certain
embodiments, Rc is propyl. In certain embodiments, Rc is heteroaliphatic. In
certain
embodiments, Rc is acyl. In certain embodiments, Rc is a protecting group.
Exemplary
compounds include:
OH N(Me)2 OMe N(Me)2
H = H E H = H E
OH OH
_ -
_
I I I I
..õ,,, === , NH2 , NH2
-2 =
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OHOH 0 0
OAc N(Me)2 OEt N(Me)2
_
H = H = H = H E
= 7
- - - =
-
- - OH OH
41110110
I I
NH2 1101111111 , NH2
=
OH 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0 .
In certain particular embodiments, the compound is of formula:
OH N(Me)2
H = H E:
- = OH
ilo...011
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
In certain particular embodiments, the compound is of formula:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
W02007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
48
ORD N(Me)2
HH s
_ = 7
- - .
111141 Pli:. 11 OH
NH2 ..
= -
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein RD is as defined above. In certain embodiments, RD is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, RD is aliphatic. In certain embodiments, RD is CI-C6 alkyl. In
certain
embodiments, RD is methyl. In certain embodiments, RD is ethyl. In certain
embodiments, RD is propyl. In certain embodiments, RD is heteroaliphatic. In
certain
embodiments, RD is acyl. In certain embodiments, RD is a protecting group.
Exemplary
compounds include:
OH N(Me)2 OMe N(Me)2
H H = H H =
= r = 7
soft OH 4011 OH
NH2 110111111 , NH2
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
OAc N(Me)2 OEt N(Me)2
H H H H 7
_
= 7 = 7
ospos OH . OH
_ NH2 (110 t
Illi . NH2
OH -6H .
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0
OH 0 0 .
In certain particular embodiments, the compound is of formula:
OH N(Me)2
H H 7-
- - OH
04110.40:4111
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
[0090] In
certain other embodiments, the compounds are 6-deoxytetracyclines as
shown in the formulae below:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
49 los
Ri HR3 N(RE)2
OH
_ .
(R7)n- 1181
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 51 HR2 R N(RE)2ti =
=
4101 I I I I fle. OH
NH2
8H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Ri jR, R4 . N(RE)2
rri-
_ = _ -
OH
=
011111.0
R7
oH
OH 0 OH 0 0 NH
Ri HR3 p 14_(RE)2
7 = =
R7 opososis OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 F23_ R4 N(RE)2
%
= OH
10.11. NH2
8H
R7 0 OH 0 0
H3C R3 RA 1.11(RE)2
- H =
= OH
/.
(R7)n--: 1000
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
R1 N(RE)2
= H HE
_ - OH
-- - -
(R7)n-
10. I
'',... H NH2
:N(RE)2
OH 0 OH (31.:
(R7)11-7 I H3C7 7 = 7
- OH
I
NH2
(R7)n_
OH 1 O ..OH R4 RE
.5: 9.0 o
R1 :
OH
/. 1 illip.
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 . .R3 R4 . _ .RE
_ ,-, , 1-1 _
OH
(R7)---
n I
::'=- IMO NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 N(RE)2
- H
_ H -=7
- OH
1 70.
I
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 N(Me)2
- H HE
_
- OH
1 -
(R7)n¨/ I I
--..,... NH2
\ 1
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
51
Ph sN(RE)2
(n¨ I le- H H
OH
R7)
- - /' -
.4110 --
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(RE)
(R7)n¨ 111011100-
CO2111 2 '
H 7
-
_ OH
0 OH 0 NH2
OH
OH 0
Et N(RE)
- H H 7
' = -
_
./
(R7)n¨ I I
,....,.. NH2
\ fi.
:H :N(RE)2
OH 0 OH
(R7)n¨ I
CO Me
_
= 1-
OH
1 _
..N.,.. NH2
OH
=
OH 0 OH 0 0
204.1A N(RE)2
H 7
= =
(R7)n¨ / I
'..,... NH2
_-
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
2O2AZA N(RE)2
H =
_
- OH
-
1 I
=--,,, NH2
..
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Me N(RE)2
7:-
7. - = = Z
1
(R7)n I¨ I
-...., NH2
ia.
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
52
wherein R2 is hydrogen, and the definitions of RI, R3, its, R5, RA, RE, and R7
are as
- described in the genera, classes, subclasses, and species above. In-
certain embodiments,
all occurrences of RE are methyl.
[0091] In certain embodiments, compounds are of the formulae:
Ar R5 _Ar H N(RE)2
= H H = H =
OH_ -
_
_
I I I
N=,,N , NH2
-
_
OH OH
R7 0 OH 0 NH2 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
Ar N(Me)2
= H H a-
z
1110 - 7
'N.N.... ,
_ I OH
NH2
=
OH
=
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein R5, R7, and RE are as defined in the genera, classes, subclasses, and
species
above; and
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain
embodiments, Ar
is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl moiety. In other embodiments, Ar is
substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ar is a monocyclic,
bicyclic, or
tricyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, Ar is a monocyclic ring system.
In certain
embodiments, Ar is a six-membered monocylic ring system. In certain
embodiments, Ar
is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring. In certain embodiments, Ar is
an
unsubstituted phenyl ring.
[0092] In certain embodiments, compounds are of the formulae:
Ar R5 Ar N(RE)2
H H =H H =
= 7
OH OH
_ Z
-
-
IOIISIIIOIIIIIIIIII . ze
NH2 0 - z NH2
OH OH
R7 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
Ar N(Me)2
, H H s
_ = T
-
011111111.111111 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
53
wherein R5, R7, and RE are as defined in the genera, classes, subclasses, and
species
above; and
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain
embodiments, Ar
is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl moiety. In other embodiments, Ar is
substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ar is a monocyclic,
bicyclic, or
tricyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, Ar is a monocyclic ring system.
In certain
embodiments, Ar is a six-membered monocylic ring system. In certain
embodiments, Ar
is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring. In certain embodiments, -Ar is
an
unsubstituted phenyl ring.
[0093] In certain embodiments, the compounds are of the formulae below:
R2 R3 RA N(RE)2H T-f =
= - = OH
./
(R7)n-
11111411011111
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 R2 R3 RA N(RE)2
01181100 H
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R2 R3 RA. N(RE)2
H =
OH
R7 10.1110:11811:1 NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R2 R3 R =
N(RE)2
= 7 OH
R7 III111111.0 NH2
OH
= OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
54
R2 R3 Ra. N(RE)2
H H =
_ = = = OH
-
01111111111111110 - NH2 .
-6H
R7 0 OH 0 0
H3C "R3 R4. N(RE)2
. g -. g .
/
:Os OH 1
n 111111
(R7) ¨ I
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R2 N(RE)2
H H 11.
= 7
1
OH
(R7)n I
---7% - ISO.
NH2
8H
OH 0 OH 0 0
H3C N(RE)2
H H=/ 1
I
:-`-= ISIIIIIIII OH
(R7)fl- I
NH2
6H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R2 03 Rii ORE
OH
___ 0
(R7)n I
NH2
`-µ,..... :
ohl
OH 0 OH 0 0
R2 R3 RA DRE
H-1. 1.1 7
OH
/ 1
= (R7)n¨ 1000
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
-
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
=
- R2 N(RE)2
_
. HH =
. 0111 0111100 OH
NH2
5H
OH 01 is 00H ;ie%
(R7)n< OH
I R2
l
H H F.
_
7
-
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Ph N(RE)2
- H H 7
= :
los OH
(R7)¨ n I NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
CO2111 N(RE)2
H=
=
- OH
(R7) 0
n. is,-
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Et N(RE)2
H t i 7
_
OH
1 T
(R7) O.
..7 n I
,%., IIIIII
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
CO2Ne N(RE)2
H 7
OH
(R7)-----
n I -
- 111110110
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
56
CO217A N(RE)2
H =
_ .
OH
1111170
( R 7 )___
--,,, NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CO2HRA u =
N(RE)2
14 7.
-
OH
i4IllIllnIINIIII
NH2
8H
OH 0 OH , 0 0
OH N(RE)2 OH N(RE)2
H H -7 H H=
OH _ - OH
I .7.41
(R7)n_ 011 I si
..-. a. NH2 0040,õ..... , NH2
5H 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0
0
H
ORA.
- ii H "=E
N(RE)2 ORA sN(RE)2
H
(R7)-
i pis OH = z
0 OH
NH2
NH2 01IIIIIL01 i
OH OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0
0
wherein R1 is hydrogen, and the definitions of R2, R3, R4, R5, RA, RE, and R7
are as
described above. In certain embodiments, all occurrences of RE are methyl. In
certain
embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments, n is 1. In yet other embodiments, n
is 2. In
certain embodiments, the compound is of the formula:
CON Et N(Me)2
2
Li 7N_(1")2 Fl H 7
= 7
_ -
0
OH OH 1111110.1 Oil
NH2 Olt -,,,.., i NH2
5H OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
CO2 Me_N(Me)2 Ph N(Me)2
g H = Fi H 7
_ _ _
OH = -.;
0
- 1110111011111 -
NH2 0 11001. OH
NH2
5H 8H
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0
0 =
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
57
OH N(Me)2
H
= OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
[0094] In certain embodiments, compounds are of the formula:
H OR N(CH3)2
SN(CH3)2
N(CH3)2
_ - OH
401110-4107.0
NP 2
R7
OP
OP 0 OP 0 0 .
wherein P, R7, and Rc are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, all P are
hydrogen.
In certain embodiment, Rc is hydrogen. In certain embodiment, Rc is aliphatic.
In
certain embodiment, Rc is heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiment, Rc is C1-C6
alkyl. In
certain embodiments, Rc is methyl. In certain embodiment, Rc is ethyl. In
certain
embodiment, Rc is propyl. In certain embodiment, Rc is heteroaliphatic. In
certain
embodiment, Rc is acyl. In certain embodiment, Rc is substituted or
unsubstituted aryl.
In certain embodiment, Rc is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In
certain
embodiment, Rc is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydrogen.
In
certain embodiments, R7 is ¨N(Rc)2. In certain embodiments, R7 is ¨NHRQ. In
certain
embodiments, R7 is ¨OR. In certain embodiments, R7 is ¨SRG. Exemplary
compounds
include:
N(CH3)2 OH N(CH3)2 N(CH3)2 OIVIe N(CH3)2
H = H H = H
OH - - OH
.7411=7.0
100 0740
NH2 Oil NH2
OH 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
N(CH3)2 OAc N(CH3)2 N(CH3)2 OEt N(CH3)2
H = H H = H
44 *I
NH2 IPIIIIIP41111181
-..- =7.
= = OH OH
t 1 z NH2
OH 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0 OH 0 OH 0 0
[0095] In certain embodiments, compounds are of the formulae:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
58
R1 H R5
4
OH.
(R7)n I 4 10 . .
NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
Me OH 211 H R5
OH
(R7)¨ I
NH2
H
O OH 0 0
Me OH R5
iiji
OH
, I
(R7m I
- NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
OH R5
= - -
OH
, I
(R7)¨ j1--
NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
OH N(RE)2
H = H
I
(R7)n
NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
OH N(Me)2
HEH
OH
(R7)n
z NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
wherein RI, R2, Rs, R7, RE, and n are as defined in the genera, classes,
subclasses, and
species above. In certain embodiments, R5 is dimethylamino. In certain
embodiments,
all occurrences of RE are methyl. In certain embodiments, n is I. In other
embodiments,
n is 2. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl. In
other
embodiments, R7 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, the compound is of formula:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
59
OH N(Me)2
H = H .--
OH
=,.... _
I I
/010: NH2
=
OH
0 OH 0 0
[00961 In certain embodiments, compounds are of the formulae:
R1 Ril 2H H R5
.
OH
(Rv
7.110.11
.,.....0 _
, n 1 1
_ NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
Me., OH 21-1 H R5
OH
zollilit
\le z
, 1
(R7)n 1
NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
Me OH R5
= -
_ OH
_
I
(R7)n-i- I
NH2
51-1
O OH 0 0
0H _OH R5
H = H =
OH
1
(R7) 0n 1
NH2
OH
O OH 0 0
OH R5
H = H =
__ OH
,
-..õ..
I
(R7)n-i I
=
OH
O OH 0 0
=
=
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
OH N(RE)2
H H 7.----
-= = - OH
, I
(R7)-T
/ NH2
OH
0 OH 0 0
OH N(Me)2
H = H =
7- 7 OH
===-_,.
1
(R7)¨ 4j-- I
OH =
0 OH 0 0
wherein RI, R2, R5, R7, RE, and n are as defined in the genera, classes,
subclasses, and
species above. In certain embodiments, R5 is dimethylamino. In certain
embodiments,
all occurrences of RE are methyl. In certain embodiments, n is 1. In other
embodiments,
n is 2. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl. In
other
embodiments, R7 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, the compound is of formula:
OH N(Me)2
H = H S-
"
I I
*....õ. , NH2
=
0 OHOH0 0 .
In certain embodiments, the compound is of formula:
H
OH H _=N(Me)2
..,..,,
I I
NH2
=
0 H
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
[0097] In another aspect of the invention, the carbocyclic D-ring of
tetracycline is
replaced with a heterocyclic or carbocyclic moiety as shown in formula (11):
R1 R2.R3 Rti R5
_
-
Ogn- OH .
--- 7.711
s, el
NH2
OH
0 OH 0 0 (11).
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
61
The definitions of RI, R25 R35 R4, and R5 are as described above for formula
10 and for
other genera, classes, subclasses, and species of the inventive compounds
described
('-)n
herein. The D-ring represented by --- can be a substituted or unsubstituted
aryl,
heteroaryl, carbocyclic, or heterocyclic moiety, in which each occurrence of X
is selected
from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, -C(R7)2-; n is an integer in the
range of 1 to
5, inclusive; and the bonds between adjacent X moieties are either single or
double bonds.
-
o,c).
In certain embodiments, '-- -- is a polycyclic ring system such as a bicyclic
or tricyclic
qc).
moiety. In other embodiments, is a monocyclic moiety. In yet other
s'
Opn
embodiments, -- is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic moiety. In
certain
õ I
embodiments, -- is not a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring. In other
Op.
embodiments, -- is a pyridinyl moiety as shown:
(R7)n (R7)(1!
"
(").,
In another embodiment, '5- - - is selected from the group consisting of
0
I (R ) (R7)-j- (R7)n-FIN n
0 OH 0 0
0
r
(R7)n-. (R7)n41 (R7)n¨C: (R7)nt
Oy-
0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
62
N
- - (R7)n¨a-
N
OH OH .
"
q0.
In yet another embodiment, - - - is a five-membered heterocyclic ring
selected from
the group consisting of:
R7
(R7)n (R7)n (R7)n (R7)n (R7) n
R'N'
c I
I I
= N 0
R7
R7
(R7)n (R7)n (R7)n (R7)n (R7)n
0
R7
I c
(R7)n tND (R7)n (R7)n I (R7)n I
0 N .
Various tetracyclines (heterocyclines) of the invention are also shown in
Figure 14.
[0098] Other
compounds of the invention include pentacyclines of the formula:
RI, R2 ,R3 R4 _R5
-
OH
OA, (kOn
NH2
OH
0 OH 0 0
I
wherein RI, R2, R32 R42 R5, and µ---- are as defined in genera, classes,
subclasses, and
species described herein. In certain embodiments, the rings of the compound
are linear.
qc).
In other embodiments, the ring system is not linear. Each occurrence of the
ring s---- ,
Opn
in certain embodiments, is a monocyclic ring system. Each occurrence of --1
is
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
63
Op. 1
= heterocylic or carbocyclic. === -- is three-membered, four-membered, five-
membered,
six-membered, or seven-membered; preferably, five-membered or six-membered.
Other
classes of pentacyclines include compounds of the formulae (12), (13), and
(14):
R7 R1 RfiR3 Rt., R5
= = OH
,
Vic)
111011 NH2
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0 (12)
RfiR3 R5
- - -
_ _
10111111111101111-1110:1 OH
NH
R7
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0 (13)
R7 R1 R R3 R R5
fi
-
R7 OHAO.
NH2
09n OH
0 OH 0 0 (14)
wherein RI, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R7 are as defined above. In formulae 12, 13,
and 14,
6,0n I
-- represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, carbocyclic, or
heterocyclic moiety, in which each occurrence of X is selected from the group
consisting
of-O-, -S-, -NR8-, -C(R8)2-; n is an integer in the range of 1 to 5,
inclusive; each Rg is
independently hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORH; =0; -C(=0)RH; -CO2RH; -CN; -SCN; -
SRH;
SORH; -SO2RH; -NO2; -1=1(RH)2; -NHC(0)RH; or -C(R)3; wherein each occurrence
of RH =
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety; and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
64
the bonds between adjacent X moieties are either single or double bonds. In
certain
Op. I
embodiments, s---- is a polycyclic ring system such as a bicyclic or tricyclic
moiety.
09. 1
In other embodiments, s---- is a monocyclic moiety. In other embodiments,
is
a substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or nonaromatic carbocyclic moiety,
for example a
op.
phenyl ring. In yet other embodiments, - - - is a substituted or
unsubstituted
op. I
heterocyclic moiety. In certain embodiments, s---- is not a substituted or
unsubstituted
Op.
phenyl ring. In other embodiments, is a pyridinyl moiety as shown:
r. N
ID no N
,
(R8)n¨jr vs8in vsti)n¨T (R II
N EIM `\.,./%*
wherein
n is an integer between 0 and 3, inclusive; and
R8 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORH; =0; -C(=0)RH; -CO2RH; -CN; -SCN; -
SRH; -
SORH; -SO2RH; -NO2; -N(tH)2; -NHC(0)RH; or -C(R03; wherein each occurrence of
RH
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety.
Op. I
In another embodiment, s-- -- is selected from the group consisting of
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
r N 0
r
(R8)0-- I (R ) (R8)¨f- a./.1 (R8)n¨lc
H1V,Nvir,/ 8 n
0 OH 0 0
(R8)n¨
N
(R8)n¨ I (R8)n¨ir (R8)"-4C0
1
oy=
11
0 0
N,
r
N
OH OH
wherein
n is an integer between 0 and 2, inclusive; and
R.8 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORH; =0; -C(=0)RH; -CO2RH; -CN; -SCN; -
SRH; -
SORH; -SO2RH; -NO2; -N(RH)2; -NHC(0)RH; or -C(RH)3; wherein each occurrence of
RH
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety.
In yet another embodiment, s-- -- is a five-membered heterocyclic ring
selected from
the group consisting of:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
66
R8
(R8), (R8)n (Rg), (R8), (R8)n
R8 N
c I
so I c I
Ng
R8
(R8) (R8)n (R8)n (R8)1, (Ra)n
0 V.1
Rg
(R8)n % (R8)n s.<1.,4D
, -..,<SD (R8),
I
c I
,J1
s 0
wherein
n is an integer between 0 and 2, inclusive; and
Rg is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORH; =0; -C(=0)RH; -CO2RH; -CN; -SCN; -
SRH; -
SORH; -SO2RH; -NO2; -N(RH)2; -NHC(0)RH; or -C(RH)3; wherein each occurrence of
RH
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety.
100991 In certain embodiments of the above compounds including compounds
of
formula (12), (13), and (14), Rg is hydrogen. In other embodiments, Rg is
halogen. In
certain embodiments, R8 is hydroxyl. In other embodiments, Rs is protected
hydroxyl. In
certain embodiments, Rg is ¨ORH. In certain embodiments, Rg is ¨OCORH. In
other
embodiments, Rg is ¨SRH. In certain embodiments, R8 is amino. In other
embodiments,
Rg is ¨N(RH)2. In yet other embodiments, R8 is ¨NRRH. In yet other
embodiments, Rg is
¨NHCORH. In yet other embodiments, R8 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, Rg is
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic. In certain
embodiments,
Rg is substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic. In
certain
embodiments, Rg is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In other embodiments, Rg
is
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R8 is acyl.
In certain
embodiments, Rg is ¨CORH. In certain embodiments, Rg is ¨CHO. In certain
embodiments, Rg is --CO2RH. In other embodiments, R8 is ¨CO2H. In certain
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
67
embodiments, R8 is ¨0O2Me. In certain embodiments, R8 is ¨CONHRH. In other
embodiments, R8 is ¨CON(RH)2. In certain embodiments, R8 is ¨CH2R1-j. In other
embodiments, R8 is ¨CH2ORH. In other embodiments, R8 is ¨CH2NHRH. In other
embodiments, R8 is ¨CH2N(R02.
1001001 Various subclasses of the formula (12) include:
R7 R1 RfiR3 Rt.{ R5
OK)
0000 OH NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Rj, RR3 R 5.5
= =
OH
(iOn =
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 R2.R3 R4. N(RE)2
OH
(DO
* O.. NH2
5H
R7 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 R2R3 R4. N(RE)2
,
OH
4111111111111111111
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
68
R7 OH N(Me)2
H = H -=
-
OH
= / ,..õ, _
.
. _
= I I
=%,..õ. ./--III. NH2
oFi
R7 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2 OH N(Me)2
H = H ==
... 7 .. '.7
OH
I I
.-.... / -=,... , NH2
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 R2.R3 R4. Rs
=!, T-I ==== H =
-
-..,... -=.õ.. NH2
1
5H
R7 0 OH 0 0
R7 R 1 RLR3 Rti R5
=
'=..,.. -..,,,.. NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 Rt R2,R3 R.f, R5
2
. -: 2- 7
OH
400Ø1
NH2
Rg
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Rj., NiR3. Rti _R5
_
- OH
*NW -
_
I
NH2
R8 a
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R.1., v3 Rii N(RE)2
- - OH
-,,,., ===.,;, _ -
_
I I
Rg OH NH2
-
OH
OH 0 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
69
R.1., lifiR3 Rt., t_1(Me)2
_
I I
/ 011114111: NH2
R8
OH 0 OH5H 0 0
N(Me)2
H H T
OH
0
I NH2
R8
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 N(Me)2
H H S
7
- OH
-_
1 I
NH2
R8 -
5F1
OH 0 OH 0 N(Me)02
H H =
_ z
- OH
I I
RH .. *\, H NH2
=
O
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H 77--
= - OH
IR, H
I I I
xil
N ./ / --.... z NH2
D =.
1 -
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H HE
OH
HI01 NH2
RH./ N
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
N(Me)2
HH ----:-
_ -
_ OH
I
111111
RH.õ. N NH2
H 511
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H .7
_ - OH
I I
RH., /'./ NH2
--
N ¨
I 5H
RH OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 R7.R3 R44. R5
_ OH
I
(Ra)n7r I
NH2
N ¨
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
RI_ RfiR3.. Rti 5.5
_
I
(R8)n¨T I I
',=,, -,," ,..--- \, , NH2
N ¨
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R1 litiR3 Rt.., N(RE)2
OH
(R8)n ii,..õ
I
N NH2
-
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
oH Ho:11 =
= r
OH
NH2 .
N
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
71
=
N(Me)2
H H T-
- OH
711110
I
N NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Ri N(Me)2
¨ r
- = OH
-..õ.... ,..,_ ,
II
N ,.....,. ,
_ NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
1
¨(RA)fl
N(Me)2
- = OH
I NH2
,..." -,.,... , NH2
N -
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
RA
01 N(Me)2
= H H S
- - OH =
".--,._ =-..,... , -
I I
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7R;I 3
RR R R5
OH
r imp
(R8)n 1
- NH
_
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
% RiiR3, Rti 1115
N = ¨ . ¨ _
¨ OH
_
r
(R8)n¨r I NH2
=
- OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
72
= R.I. RfiR3 Rii t_1(RE)2
N OH
r --0
(R8)n-1- Ili :
/'. - NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H _
H =
N _ _
-
_ OH
1
(R8)¨
NH2
_
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 R R R R R5
= E OH
_
====.,., . .
/
(R8)n¨L,.. :.5H NH2
_
N
H
OH 0 OH 0 0
RI, Ni1,2,3, Rii R5
. _
/ --=,õ. , NH2
_
N
H 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
Flj, V?, Rii 1`_1(RE)2
OH
(R5)n¨L I -7.400
/
N NH2
-
H 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H
OH
=
(Rfi)n¨c 00 I
N `..,,. , N H2
_
R8 5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 1:t,, RfiR3 RI., RS
R8
_
/ =-=,,, .: NH2
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
73
=R1 RLR.3,
= = = -
OH
=
(R8)n N. 7
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
= N(RE)2
H =
OH
(R8)n¨
N
OH 0 OHOH H2 0 0
N(RE)2
H
OH
(Ron¨
NH2
0110.
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
H T-N(Me)2
= 7
OH
r
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 RR3 R R5
OH
NH2
5H
ORG 0 OH 0 0
Rt R2,R3 Rc
g 7
7
Oil' PI OH
NH2
8H
ORG 0 OH 0 0
N(RG)1 R R% R R5
S
OH
1101010.111111 NH2
5H
ORG 0 OH 0 0 and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
74
N(RG)2 N(Me)2
H
OH
- 7
=
z NH2
OH
OR G 0 OH 0 0
Op. I
wherein RI, R2, R3, R4, R5, RE, R7, RG7 R8, , and n are as defined in the
genera,
classes, subclasses, and species herein. In certain embodiments, R1 is methyl;
R2 is
hydroxyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 is
methyl; R2 is
hydroxyl; R3 is hydroxyl; and Rs is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 is
methyl; R2 is
hydrogen; R3 is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, R1 is
methyl;
R2 is hydrogen; k3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
all of Ri,
R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5 is dimethylamino. In
certain
embodiments, all occurrences of RE are methyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is
hydrogen.
In other embodiments, R8 is halogen. In certain embodiments, Rg is hydroxyl.
In other
embodiments, Rg is protected hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, Rs is ¨ORH. In
certain
embodiments, R8 is ¨OCORH. In other embodiments, Rg is ¨SRH. In certain
embodiments, R8 is amino. In certain embodiments, R8 is alkylamino. In other
embodiments, Rg is dialkylamino. In other embodiments, R8 is ¨N(RH)2. In yet
other
embodiments, Rg is ¨NHRH. In yet other embodiments, Rg is ¨NHCORH. In yet
other
embodiments, Rg is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, Rs is substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic. In certain embodiments, Rg is substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments,
Rg is
substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In other embodiments, R8 is substituted or
unsubstituted
heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R8 is acyl. In certain embodiments, Rs is
¨CORH. In
certain embodiments, Rg is ¨CHO. In certain embodiments, Rg is ¨CO2RH. In
other
embodiments, Rg is ¨CO2H. In certain embodiments, Rs is ¨0O2Me. In certain
embodiments, Rg is ¨CONHRH. In other embodiments, R8 is ¨CON(RH)2. In certain
embodiments, Rg is ¨CH2RH. In other embodiments, R8 is ¨CH2ORH. In other
embodiments, Rg is ¨CH2NHRH. In other embodiments, R8 is ¨CH2N(RH)2. In
certain
embodiment, RG is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RG is C1-C6 alkyl. In
certain
embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments, n is 1. In yet other embodiments, n
is 2.
1001011 In certain
emobodiments, the compound is of formula:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
R7 N(Me)2
.
H H "E
_ -
000 - OH
_ _
_
I
NH2
R8 E
OH
OP 0 OH 0 0
wherein P, R7 and Rg are defined herein. In certain embodiments, R7 is
hydrogen. In
certain embodiments, R7 is ¨N(R0)2. In certain embodiments, R7 is ¨N(Me)2. In
certain
embodiments, R7 is ¨NHIvle. In certain embodiments, R7 is ¨NH2. In certain
embodiments, R7 is ¨ORG. In certain embodiments, R7 is ¨OH. In certain
embodiments,
R8 is ¨CH2N(RH)2. In certain embodiments, Rs is ¨CH2NHRH. In certain
embodiments,
Rg is ¨CH2ORH. In certain embodiments, Rg is ¨CH2SRH. In certain embodiments,
P is
hydrogen. In other embodiments, P is C1-C6 alkyl. In certain emboidments, P is
methyl.
In certain embodiments, P is ethyl. In certain embodiments, P is propyl. In
certain
embodiments, P is acyl. In certain embodiments, P is acetyl. In certain
embodiments, P
is a protecting group.
[00102] Examplary compounds of the formula (12) include:
N(Me)2
H H
= = 7
-
0 111 101 101111 illi 1:0 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
H _=N(Me)2
H
. - - OH
...11
NH2
Me '
=
I I I
N ,....4\s. ,
Me"- -2
OH
0 OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H s
- =
Me....õ -
- OH
I
N -,..,, -..,,.. _
I
NH
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
76
N(M02
H H S
_ :H
-
- a - 0011111110-. 0NH2
.
OH
OH 0 OH 0
N(Me)2
H H 7=-
= - OH
Me 0
I 0=8081
Me N NH2
Y OH
0 OH 0 OH 0 0
0 N(Me)2
Me N'
./ -...õ,.
_ -
-
-
_ OH
LI I ..,õõ.N / =,,,... , NH2
=
OH 0 OHOH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H =
- OH
..,..õ000=___
Me I I
Me---. / . NH2
H OH
Me OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H =L--
- OH
%.,.,.
Me H I I
. -
_
Me .,..õ..õ,,N / / =-..,... , 0 OH NH2
-
5H
Me OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H .7
_ - OH
=
Me..1.,e1 1111010. I
, NH2
N -
H 5H
Me OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H 7
= - OH
I
NH2
ve"'/.....%.'N
H oil
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
77
. N(Me)2
H H -7-
_ - OH
mo _
HII
NH2
\i'. OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
1001031 Other examplary compounds of the formula (12) include:
NMe2 NMe2
H H =
¨ z
HI I
0 0 OH
0
N NH2
CrOH 0 _ .
OH
OH 0 0
NMe2 NMe2
H H =
-...,.. ===.,...
H I I
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
-
NMe2 NMe2
H H E
- OH
-...,,. -..,... 7 7
H I
N /- /- NH2
VN =
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
NHMe NMe2
H H =
_ -
- OH
-
=%.,,._ =,,., _
I I
c\N ..- ..- ....... , NH2
=
OH 0 OHOH 0 0
NMe2 NMe2
H H 7
_ - OH
=-=..õ,
I I
HO ---"...11011111110:1 NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
[00104] Yet other exarnplary compounds of the formula (12) include:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
78
OH N(Me)2
H = H a-
=
7 7 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0. 0
N(Me)2
= H
=
OH
NH2
OH
OMe 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2 N(Me)2
= H
_
OH
==.õ,
NH2
OH
OMe 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
= H _=N(Me)2
_ _
_ - OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
[001051 In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (12) is an 11 -
aza
pentacycline of the formula:
Ri N(Me)2
= HH
¨ =
OH
NH2
5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein RI, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are defined herein. In certain embodiments, R1
is
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 is cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R1 is C1-C6 alkyl.
In certain
other embodiments, R1 is methyl. In certain other embodiments, R1 is ethyl. In
certain
other embodiments, Ri is propyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is cyclic or
acyclic,
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic. In
certain
= embodiments, RI is acyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨C(0)RA. In
certain
embodiments, R1 is ¨C(=0)N(RA)2. In certain embodiments, R1 is ¨CO2RA. In
certain
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
79
embodiments, R1 is ¨CO2H or ¨0O2Me. In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted
or
unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain
embodiments, R1
is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
unsubstituted
phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted phenyl. In certain
embodiments, RI is
mono-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ortho-substituted
phenyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is meta-substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1
is para-
substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is di-substituted phenyl. In
certain
embodiments, the compound is of formula:
0¨(RA)nH _=N(ro e )2
= H
= = 7
OH =
NH 2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
wherein each occurrence of RA is independently a hydrogen, halogen, a
protecting group,
an aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety;
a heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; allcylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino,
dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety; and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In certain
embodiments,
the compound is of formula:
RA
1110 N(Me)2
H H =
= = z
OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
Exemplary 6-aryl substituted compounds of the invention include compounds of
formula:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
. 80
_ . 0 _ _
H2
N ( m 02
= H H r-
/_
I I
N
N -
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
NMe2
140 N(Me)2
= H H 7
- OH
_
I I
,,,..-- 401 ====õ, õ NH2
N
-6H
OH 0 OH 0 0
F
0
H N (M e )2
= H --
7 -
- OH
I I
N H 2
N _-
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CH3
0
H
N (m e )2
= H
_
= 7.
_
I I
/ ,
N -
oFf
OH 0 OH 0 0 N H 2 .
In certain embodiments, when R1 is hydrogen, the compound is of formula:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
81
N(Me)2
H
OH
NH2
05H
OH 0 OH 0 0
[00106] In certain embodiments, the compoud of formula (12) is of formula:
Ri RLR3 R4. R5
-
OH
(R8)4n iii
le %Pi NH2
OH
OP 0 OH 0 0
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, and n are defined here. In certain
embodiments, n is 0.
[00107] In certain embodiments, the compoud of formula (12) is of formula:
R.1., Rip?, % _R5
OH
r 0.7
(R8)fl¨ NH2
OH
OP 0 OH 0 0
wherein RI, R2, R3, R4, R5, Rs, and n are defined here. In certain
embodiments, n is 0.
[00108] In certain embodiments, the compoud of formula (12) is of formula:
R5
OH
(R8)n¨cs
NH2
OP 0 OH oH 0 0
wherein RI, R2, R3, Its, R5, R8, and n are defined here. In certain
embodiments, n is 0.
[00109] Other exemplary compounds of formula (12) include compounds of
formula:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
82
N(Me)2
H H
N ¨ OH
7 --
I I
NH2
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H T
_ -
- OH
410 _
_
1 I
NH2
N ¨
H (5H
OH 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H H 7-
ci.lIIiIIIIIIIiiIIiIIIi
= 7
_
-
. I I
NH2
=
OH
OMe 0 OH 0 0
N(Me)2
H H H S
N _ .
¨ OH
I I
NH2
=
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0 .
1001101 Various subclasses of the formula (13) include:
AI- ss, Rjo RiiR3 Rii 15
OH
ss 411111184111:1111111
R7 NH2
oH
OH 0 OH 0 0
po-n-., R..i., RiiR Rii _Rs
i .
s
s* 41101111114 OH
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
83
R1 RiiR3 Rti N(RE)2
¨ OH
N --
2
R7 H
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0
otTn.-
R. R2.1723 Rc N(RE)2
OH
s. 011070-4111
R7 OH
NH2
OH
0 OH 0 0
Ri R2.R3 R4. 115
(R8)¨ j-- = " 1;1 =
owe OH
NH2
R7
OH
R7 0 OH 0 0 and
1:t1 RiiR9 ..17!5
(R8)n- = = =
OH
R7
NH2
OH
OH 0 OH 0 0
09. I
wherein RI, R2, R3, R4, R5, RE, R7, R8, s' , and n are as defined in the
genera, classes,
subclasses, and species herein. In certain embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydroxyl; R3
is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydroxyl; R3
is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydrogen; R3
is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, RI is methyl; R2 is
hydrogen;
R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, all of RI, R2, R3,
and R4 are
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5 is dimethylamino. In certain embodiments,
all
occurrences of RE are methyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, R8 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl. In certain embodiments,
R8 is
halogen. In certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, Rs is
alkoxy.
In yet other embodiments, Rs is amino, allcylamino, or diallcylamino. In
certain
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
84
embodiments, Rg is acyl. In certain embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments,
n is 1.
In yet other embodiments, n is 2.
1001111 Various subclasses of the formula (14) include:
R.-1, RfiR3 Rt, R5
-". = . ...-,2 r
-
R7 411411111111:101111 OH
NH2
09.; OH
_.
0 OH 0 0
R7 R1 RfiRg Rt., R5
OH-
/ .111110111111
NH
,
Nn_ ./. oll
R 0 OH 0 0
.
R7 ..l RR3 N(RE)2
. p 1-1 E-
R7 oil _
111011.111 OH
NH2
(19 ._ ...: oll
0 OH 0 0
R1 RiiR3 Rh Li(RE)2
R7 oil -
*et OH
NH2
, IIIIIL
e19^'.
....., 5H
O. OH 0 0
R7 R1? t
R R3 R R5
R7 -
0 1011111111 OH
NH2 .
I
(R8L¨F -6H
/ 0 OH 0 0
and
R.), RfiR3 Rii 125
R7-
01111110.1 OH
NH2
I
(R8)n-y 5H
...'" 0 OH 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
Op. I
wherein RI, R21 R39 R45 R5, RE, R71 Rj, s- , and
n are as defined in the genera, classes,
subclasses, and species herein. In certain embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydroxyl; R3
is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydroxyl; R3
is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydrogen; R3
is hydroxyl; and R4 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, R1 is methyl; R2 is
hydrogen;
R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, all of RI, R2, R3,
and R4 are
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5 is dimethylamino. In certain embodiments,
all
occurrences of RE are methyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, R8 is hydroxyl or a protected hydroxyl. In certain embodiments,
R8 is
halogen. In certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R8 is
alkoxy.
In yet other embodiments, Rg is amino, alkylamino, or diallcylamino. In
certain
embodiments, R8 is acyl. In certain embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments,
n is 1.
In yet other embodiments, n is 2. Various pentacyclines of the invention are
also shown
in Figure 14.
[00112] In certain embodiments, the tetracycline analogs of the present
invention
are represented by the formula:
R1 R3 Rd. R5
Re, H H -=
OH
(R7)0¨ D X iso
NH2
R6 OH
0 OH 0 0
wherein X is nitrogen, sulfur, and oxygen, and RI, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, Rs, and
n are
defined as above with the caveat that when X is S or 0, R1 is absent.
[00113] Other classes of compounds of the invention include dicyclines of
the
formula (15).
HR3R4 R5
Rg OH
Rio
NH2
OP.
0 OP 0 0 (15)
wherein R3, R4, and R5 are as defined above. P is hydrogen or a protecting
group. R9 is
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
86
hydrogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched
aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched
heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched acyl;
substituted or
unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaryl; -ORI; -CN; -SCN; -SRI; or -N(R1)2; wherein each
occurrence of R1
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. In
certain embodiments, R9 is hydrogen or lower (C1-C6) alkyl, alkenyl, or
allcynyl. In other
embodiments, R9 is a vinyl group. In yet other embodiments, R9 is a
substituted or
unsubstituted aryl group. In still other embodiments, R9 is a substituted or
unsubstituted
heterocyclic group.
R10 is cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched
aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched
heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; or
substituted
or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl moiety. In certain
embodiments, Rio
is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring. In certain embodiments, R10 is
a substituted
or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, R10 is a
substituted or
unsubstituted aryl ring. In other embodiments, R10 is a lower (C1-C6) alkyl,
alkenyl, or
allcynyl group.
Methods of Synthesis
[00114] The present invention also includes all steps and methodologies
used in
preparing the compounds of the invention as well as intermediates along the
synthetic
route. The present invention provides for the modular synthesis of
tetracyclines and its
various analogs by joining a highly functionalized chiral enone, which will
become the A-
and B-rings of the tetracycline core, with a molecule which will become the D-
ring of the
tetracycline core. The joining of these two intermediates results in the
formation of the
C-ring, preferably in an enantioselective manner. This methodology also allows
for the
synthesis of pentacyclines, hexacyclines, or higher ring systems as well as
the
incorporation of heterocycles into the ring system. In particular, the joining
of these two
fragments includes various nucleophilic addition reactions and cycloaddition
reactions
with enone (9) as described above.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
87
[00115] The synthesis begins with the preparation of the enone
(9) starting from
benzoic acid. As shown in-Figure 2, the first step of the synthesis involves
the microbial
dihyciroxylation of benzoic acid using Akaligenes eutrophus. The diol (1 in
Figure 2),
which is preferably optically pure, then undergoes hydroxyl-directed
epoxidation to yield
the allylic epoxide (2 in Figure 2). Protection and rearrangement of allylic
epoxide 2
yielded the isomeric allylic epoxide (3 in Figure 2). The metalated isoxazole
(4 in Figure
2) was added to the isomeric allylic epoxide to yield 5 (Figure 2), which was
subsequently metalated to close the six-membered ring by nucleophilic attack
of the
epoxide. The intermediate 6 (Figure 2) was then rearranged, deprotected, and
oxidized to
yield the chiral enone 9 (Figure 2). As will be appreciated by one of skill in
this art,
fimctionalization and rearrangement of intermediates 6, 7, 8, and 9 in Figure
2 will allow
for the preparation of different class of compounds of the invention.
[00116] In one embodiment, enone (9) is reacted with an anion
resulting from the
deprotonation of toluate (6). The toluate of formula:
Ri
R9
OP 0
wherein R1 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA;
-
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, allcylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R7 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
= unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORG; =0; -C(=0)RG; -0O2R0; -CN; -SCN; -
SRG; -
SORG; -SO2RG; -NO2; -N(RG)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(RG)3; wherein each occurrence of
RG
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
88
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
. moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety; and
n is an integer in the range of 0 to 3, inclusive;
R9 is ¨0R1; -CN; -SCN; -SRI; or -N(R1)2; wherein each occurrence of R1 is
independently a hydrogen, a protecting group; a cyclic or acyclic, substituted
or
unsubstituted aliphatic moiety; a cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted aliphatic
heteroaliphatic moiety; a substituted or unsubstituted aryl moiety; or a
substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety; and
P is selected from the group consisting of hydrogren, lower (C1-C6) alkyl
group,
an acyl group, and a protecting group;
is deprotonated under basic conditions (e.g., LDA, HMDS), and the resulting
anion is
reacted with an enone of formula:
R3 Fit, R5
-
1111718111 I \N
R6
OP
0 0 OP
wherein R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORc; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -CO2Rc; -CN; -SCN; -
SRc; -
SORc; -SO2Rc; -NO2; -N(Rc)2; -NHC(0)Rc; or -C(Rc)3; wherein each occurrence of
Rc
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(0)RD; -CO2RD; -CN; -SCN; -SRD;
-
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(RD)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
89
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
=arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R5 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -SCN; -SRE; or -N(RE)2; wherein
each
occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic
moiety, a
heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety;
alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy;
or
heteroarylthio moiety;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or
unsubstitued aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic,
substituted or
unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -SCN, -SH, alkylthio, arylthio, -NO2, amino,
alkyl
amino, and dialkyl amino groups; and
P is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting
group;
to form the product:
_
RiiR3 R R5ti
_ _ 7
ISO 0\
(R7)n I
OP OP
OP 0 OH 0
wherein RI, R3, R4, R5, R7, P. and n are as defined above;
R2 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORB; =0; -C(=0)RB; -CO2RB; -CN; -SCN; -
SRB; -
SORB; -SO2RB; -NO2; -N(tB)2; -NHC(0)RB; Or -C(RB)3; wherein each occurrence of
RB
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylaznino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. As
will be appreciated by one of skill in this art, the toluate may be further
substituted in
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
certain embodiments. In addition, the phenyl ring of the toluate may be
substituted for an
. - aromatic heterocyclic ring such as as pyridine ring as shown in
Figures 11 and /3.. Other .
examples of carbocyclic and heterocyclic analogs of toluate (6) include:
Ri Ri
(R7) Ri
Ri
n______.r* N--'...j
, I so
(R7ho 1 (R7)n¨ir Rg(R7)n u,
R9
N
O 0
0 0
Ri Ri Ri Ri
/N Ns....)
n ki /-"=-k%.õ,.)..
';1 I --..,, (N
(R7)¨ R (R7)n¨icr,,,.,y 41R7)n
1..........,....41Thr, 9 ......./ r(9 N ..õ....--- Rg
(R7)n¨TL.X..õ...
Rg
O OP 0
OP 0 OP 0
Ri Ri
rNR1 Ri
..õ..: _(NJ) ,..)
----,) i - ,i----,
(R7),n-(9R7)n¨F. õ5.-...=====,,(R97)9R¨A I R R9 R7)n--_L I
0...1nr.
N R9 N(
R
O 0
0 0 0 0
Ri - Ri
(R7) Ri
Ri
R7
N
0...)
n n 4---,)
R
" c X (R7) -
r,.. PIZ I fr
(7)n I 1 k
1
Rr7'n Q..y Rg
. .9
R7
0 0 0 0 0 0
Other toluates are shown in Figure 21. In certain embodiments, polycyclic
toluates are
used in the Michael-Diecicmann reaction sequence to form pentacyclines,
hexacyclines, or
higher cyclines. Toluates useful in preparing pentacyclines are exemplified by
the
formula:
R7 R1
(k).
., IP Ck,
Rg
R7 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
91
wherein R1 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched-or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(=0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -
SRA; -
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
each R7 is independently hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or
unbranched aryl;
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORG; =0; -C(-
--0)RG; -
CO2RG; -CN; -SCN; -SRG; -SORG; -S02RG; -NO2; -N(R0)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(R0)3;
wherein each occurrence of RG is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group,
an
aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a
heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety;
Op.
-- represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, carbocyclic, or
heterocyclic moiety, in which each occurrence of X is selected from the group
consisting
of-U-, -S-, -NR8-, -C(R8)2-;
R8 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORH; =0; -C(=0)RH; -CO2RH; -CN; -SCN; -
SRH; -
SORH; -SO2RH; -NO2; -N(RH)2; -NHC(0)RH; or -C(RH)3; wherein each occurrence of
RH
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
n is an integer in the range of 1 to 5, inclusive; and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
92
the bonds between adjacent X moieties are either single or double bonds; and
R9 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl
or
heteroaryl groups.
[00117] In another embodiment, enone (9) is reacted with an anion, which
is
generated through metallation (e.g., metal-halogen exchange, metal-metalloid
exchange,
lithium-halogen exchange, lithium-tin exchange, etc. by reacting the toluate
with the
appropriate metal reagent) of a toluate of the the following formula:
(R7)n
R9
0
wherein R1 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA;
-
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylarnino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R7 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORG; =0; -C(=0)R0; -0O2R0; -CN; -SCN; -
SRG; -
SORG; -S02R6; -NO2; -N(RG)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(RG)3; wherein each occurrence of
RG
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
allcylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
n is an integer in the range of 0 to 3, inclusive;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl
or
heteroaryl groups; and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
93
Y is a halogen or Sn(Ry)3, wherein Ry is alkyl. The anion generated is reacted
-- with an enone of formula: . . . _
R3 Rti R5
=
-7 7 HO\
0
1 1 z N
R6
OP
OP
0
wherein R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORc; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -CO2Rc; -CN; -SCN; -
SI'Zc; -
SORc; -SO2Rc; -NO2; -N(Rc)2; -NHC(0)Rc; or -C(Rc)3; wherein each occurrence of
Rc
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(0)RD; -CO2RD; -CN; -SCN; -SRD;
-
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(RD)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R5 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -SCN; -SRE; or -N(RE)2; wherein
each
occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic
moiety, a
heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety;
alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy;
or
heteroarylthio moiety;
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
94
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or
unsubstitued aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic,
substituted or
unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -SCN, -SH, alkylthio, arylthio, -NO2, amino,
alkyl
amino, and dialkyl amino groups; and
P is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting
group; to generate the product of formula:
Ri R2.R3 R R5
11101-411 0\
(R7)n-
z N
OP OP
0 OH 0
wherein RI, R3, R4, R5, R=7, P. and n are as defined above; and
R2 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORB; =0; -C(=0)RB; -CO2RB; -CN; -SCN; -
SRB; -
SORB; -SO2RB; -NO2; -N(RB)2; -NHC(0)RB; or -C(RB)3; wherein each occurrence of
RB
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety.
[00118] Any metal may be used in the metallation reaction to generate the
metal
anionic reagent to be reacted with the enone. In certain embodiments, the
metal is a
Group I element on the periodic chart. In other embodiments, the metal is a
Group II
element on the periodic chart. In other embodiments, the metal is a transition
metal.
Exemplary metals useful in the metallation reaction include sodium, lithium,
calcium,
aluminium, cadmium, copper, beryllium, arsenic, antimony, tin, magnesium,
titanium,
zinc, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, zinc, platinum, palladium, mercury, and
ruthenium.
In certain preferred embodiments, the metal is chosen from lithium, magnesium,
titanium,
zinc, and copper. In yet other embodiments, the metal is magnesium, lithium,
sodium,
beryllium, zinc, mercury, arsenic, antimony, or tin. In certain particular
embodiments, a
lithium-halogen exchange is used. The lithium-halogen exchange may be
performed in
situ in the presence of the enone. The lithium-halogen exchange may be
preformed using
any lithium reagent including, for example, alkyllithium reagents, n-
butyllithium, t-
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
butyllithium, phenyl lithium, mesityl lithium, and methyllithium. In certain
. . embodiments, other organometallics reagents are generated and reacted
with the enone. .
Examples include Grignard reagents, zero-valent metal complexes, ate
complexes, etc. In
certain embodiments, the metal reagent is a magnesium reagent including, but
not limited
to, magnesium metal, magnesium anthracene, activated magnesium turnings, etc.
In
certain embodiments, the reagent is zinc-based. The reagent may be generated
in situ in
the presence of the enone, or the reagent may be generated separately and
later contacted
with the enone. In certain embodiments, milder conditions for the cyclization
are used
(e.g., a zinc reagent).
[00119] As will be appreciated by one of skill in this art, the
toluate may be further
substituted in certain embodiments. In addition, the phenyl ring of the
toluate may be
substituted for an aromatic heterocyclic ring or ring system such as a
pyridine ring.
Examples of carbocyclic and heterocyclic analogs of toluate include:
Ri Ri Ri Ri
N' Y
I , se
(R7)n¨TLr (R7)n¨F N Rg (R7)n
(R7in cr. --
....../ R9 .," Rg N ...,..- ..9
O 0 0
0
=
Ri Ri Ri R 1
rN Y N N
x irõ..
y
%L %== Y '%=.,, Y .
es I
(R7)n.,...,.,,,,...,,y. (R7)T n¨
(R7/n I
.0" Rg Rg N .=== Rg Rg
O OP 0 OP
0 OP 0
R i Ri Ri R 1
N (N1...,... y
./r...."=/"'...Li y
r
(R7)¨ Y(R7)n____ ../., (Rg 7)7,174_ I R9 (R7)
111 129 n¨A, I
n2! ..r.-
N R %../... Rg
O 0 0
0 0 0
(R7) INI (R7)n
Ri ......i.,..1 Ri R i
R7...,...,L
n s -----L Y Y r N
c 1
<0..¨L1
n Ly.-...y., Rg
LyThr.R9
N
0 0 0 0 0 0
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
96
. - In-certain embodiments,-.the halogen Y_is bromine. .In other embodiments,
Y is iodine. In . .
yet other embodiments, Y is chloride. In certain embodiments, Y is a metalloid
(e.g., tin,
selenium, tellurium, etc.). In certain embodiments, Y is ¨SnR3, wherein each
occurrence
of R is independently alkyl (e.g., ¨Sn(CH3)3). After the metallation reaction,
Y is a metal
such as lithium, magnesium, zinc, copper, antimony, sodium, etc. In certain
embodiments, R1 is hydrogen or lower alkyl (Ci-C6). In certain particular
embodiments,
R1 is hydrogen. Other toluates are shown in Figure 21.
[00120] In other embodiments, polycyclic toluates may be used to
prepare
pentacyclines, hexacyclines, or highe cyclines. Toluates useful in the
preparation of such
cyclines are of the formula:
R7 R1
Op.
Rg
R7 0
wherein R1 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA;
-
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylarnino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
each R7 is independently hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic,
substituted or
unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl; substituted or unsubstitued, branched or
unbranched aryl;
substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -OR(); =0; -
C(=0)R0; -
CO2R0; -CN; -SCN; -SRG; -SORG; -SO2RG; -NO2; -N(RG)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(RG)3;
wherein each occurrence of RG is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group,
an
aliphatic moiety, a heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a
heteroaryl
moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
97
heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio moiety;
. . . _ . .
Op. I
s-- -- represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl,
carbocyclic, or
heterocyclic moiety, in which each occurrence of X is selected from the group
consisting
of -0-, -S-, -NR8-, -C(R8)2-;
R8 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -0141; =0; -C(0)R-; -0O2R1-j; -CN; -SCN; -
SRH; -
SORH; -SO2RH; -NO2; -N(RH)2; -NHC(0)RH; or -C(RH)3; wherein each occurrence of
RH
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
n is an integer in the range of 1 to 5, inclusive; and
the bonds between adjacent X moieties are either single or double bonds;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl
or
heteroaryl groups; and
Y is a halogen or Sn(Ry)3, wherein Ry is alkyl. In certain embodiments, the
halogen Y is bromine. In certain embodiments, the halogen Y is bromine. In
other
embodiments, Y is iodine. In yet other embodiments, Y is chloride. In certain
embodiments, Y is a metalloid (e.g., tin, selenium, tellurium, etc.). In
certain
embodiments, Y is ¨SnR3, wherein each occurrence of R is independently alkyl
(e.g., ¨
Sn(CH3)3). After the metallation reaction, Y is a metal such as lithium,
magnesium, zinc,
copper, sodium, mercury, antimony, etc. In certain embodiments, R1 is hydrogen
or
lower alkyl (C1-C6). In certain particular embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In
certain
embodiments, R9 is phenyl or substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, ortho-
R7 is
alkoxy such as methoxy. In other embodiments, R7 is hydrogen. Exemplary
polycyclic
toluates include:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
98
R7 R1 R7 R-1 R7
R1
. .
(R8)n¨:: ell
(R8)n¨ 1101 ( R8 )n ¨
0 R9 \..N.. 0 \.,,
0_ Rg
R7 0 R7 0 R7 0
R7 R1 1107 R1 R7
R1
Y YN.(RR89)n----(-
11110 Y
(R8)n¨i ,.. lei (ROn ik...õ
N 0 0
0
\ R9 \ \
N Rg N Rg
R7 0 R7 0 R7 0
R7 R1 R7 Ri R7
R1
N N
-1 0 Y
(R8)n¨). 0 (R8)n¨Ck.., 0
o (R8). . I
N ..,,. 0
0,,%
N.R9 N.R9
N Rg
R7 0 R7 0 0 R7 0
R7 R1 R7 R1 R7
R1
_._ 0 Y (R8)n y (R8)n=
Y
(R8)n 1 I
c
0Rg co [11101
(R8) N CC., N o
0
N.Rg
N. Rg
R8
R7 0 R7 0 R7 0
In certain embodiments, the polcyclic toulate is of formula:
R1 R1
100 Y Y
O'N... (R8)6-11 ..,,./. 0
N.,._
ON.
R8 rµg Rg
R7 0 Or R7 0
wherein RI, R7, Rs, R9, n, and Y are as defined in the genera, classes,
subclasses, and
species described herein. In certain embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In other
embodiments,
R1 is C1-C6 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 is ethyl. In other
embodiments, R1 is
methyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydroxyl or protected hydroxyl. In
certain
embodiments, R7 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, Rs is halogen. In certain
embodiments, R8 is Br. In certain embodiments, Rs is I. In certain
embodiments, R9 is
aryl. In certain embodiments, R9 is phenyl, optionally substituted. In certain
embodiments,
Y is halogen. In certain embodiments, Y is Br. In certain embodiments, Y is I.
In certain
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
99
embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments, n is 1. In yet other embodiments, n
is 2. In
_ . certain embodiments, the toluate is-of formula: - .
. ..
B1 0r
Br
OBoc 0 .
[00121] Compounds of the formula below with a heterocyclic C-ring:
R1 R3 RA . R5
R8 I H --; Fl =
X = - =- - OH
07
( R 7 ) n - D : C 0
NH2
R6 OH
0 OH 0 0
may be prepared by Michael-Dieckmann closure of a D-ring precursor derived
from the
corresponding anilide, phenol, or thiophenol. A representative example using
anthranilic
acid (i.e., anilide as the nucleophile in the Michael addition reaction) is
shown below:
H3C CH3
H3C..õ ..õ...CH3
N
H -= H H
= 7
0 NH2 ¨ co. ill 1.
\ 2. Deprotection
CO2Ph 0 =
OP OH
OP
OP 0 t o OH 0 OH 0 0
[00122] In another embodiment, the enone (9) is reacted with a
benzocyclobutenol
in an o-quinone dimethide Diels-Alder reaction. The enone of formula:
R3 R N(R5)2
ti =
illiHT . 0\
liplip I / N
=
R6 =
oP
0 0 OP
wherein R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -01k; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -CO2Rc; -CN; -SCN; -
SRc; -
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
100
SORc; -SO2Rc; -NO2; -N(Rc)2; -NHC(0)12c; or -C(Rc)3; wherein each occurrence
of Rc
- is independently a hydrogen,--a-protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(0)RD; -CO2RD; -CN; -SCN; -SRD;
-
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(RD)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R5 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -SCN; -SRE; or -N(RE)2; wherein
each
occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic
moiety, a
heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety;
alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy;
or
heteroarylthio moiety;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or
unsubstitued aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic,
substituted or
unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -SCN, -SH, alkylthio, arylthio, -NO2, amino,
alkyl
amino, and dialkyl amino groups;
P is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting
group; is reacted under suitable conditions (e.g., heat) with a
benzocyclobutenol of
formula:
\Ri
(R7)n-9-1
OP
OP
wherein R1 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
101
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
= - or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA;
-
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
allcylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R7 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORG; =0; -C(=0)R0; -0O2RG; -CN; -SCN; -
SRG; -
SORG; -SO2RG; -NO2; -N(R0)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(RG)3; wherein each occurrence of
RG
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
P are each selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting group; and
n is an integer in the range of 0 to 3, inclusive;
to form the product of formula:
Rj R03. Rt =_R5
7
(R7)Il I
I 0410 0
z N
=
E- R6 OP OP
OP OP 0 0
wherein RI, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and P are defined as above; and
R2 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORB; =0; -C(=0)118; -CO2RB; -CN; -SCN; -
SRB; -
= SORB; -SO2RB; -NO2; -N(RB)2; -NHC(0)RB; or -C(RB)3; wherein each
occurrence of R8
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
102
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. As
will be appreciate by one of skill_ in this art, the reactants may be
substituted further and
still fall within the claimed invention. For example, the phenyl ring of the
benzocyclobutenol ring may be futher substituted.
1001231 In another embodiment, the enone is reacted with a diene in a
Diels-Alder
reaction to yield a tricycline. The enone of formula:
R3 R4. R5
7
01., I z N
R6
OP
0 5p 0
wherein R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
=branched heteroaliphatic; substituted or =substituted, branched or unbranched
acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORc; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -CO2Rc; -CN; -SCN; -
SRc; -
SORc; -SO2Rc; -NO2; -N(Rc)2; -NHC(0)Rc; or -C(Rc)3; wherein each occurrence of
Rc
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or =substituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or =substituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
Substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
=substituted,
branched or =branched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(0)RD; -CO2R0; -CN; -SCN; -SRD; -
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(RD)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R5 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
=branched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
103
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -SCN; -SRE; or -N(RE)2; wherein
each
occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, -a protecting group, an
aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety;
alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy;
or
heteroarylthio moiety;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or
unsubstitued aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic,
substituted or
unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -SCN, -SH, alkylthio, arylthioxy, -NO2, amino,
alkyl
amino, and diallcyl amino groups; are as defmed above; and
P is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting
group; is reacted under suitable conditions (e.g., heat) with a diene of
formula:
-k1
OP
wherein RI is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA;
-
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety; and
P are each selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen and
protecting groups;
to yield a protected tricycline of formula:
RiiR3 Rti _R5
Alt 0\
0 0 0
11111111114111011 N
R6 0 P OP
wherein R2 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
=substituted,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
104
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl; .
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORB; =0; -C(=0)R8; -CO2RB; -CN; -SCN; -
SRB; -
SORB; -SO2RB; -NO2; -N(RB)2; -NHC(0)RB; or -C(R8)3; wherein each occurrence of
R8
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, allcylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety. As
will be appreciated by one of skill in this art, the enone and diene may be
further
substituted and still be encompassed within the present invention.
[00124] In yet another embodiment, the enone is reacted with an anion of a
phthalide or cyano-phthalide. The enone of formula:
R3 Rfi R5
0
111111:1111111 z N
R6
OP
0 0 OP
wherein R3 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORc; =0; -C(=0)Rc; -CO2Rc; -CN; -SCN; -
SRc; -
SORc; -SO2Rc; -NO2; -N(Rc)2; -NHC(0)Rc; or -C(Rc)3; wherein each occurrence of
Rc
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, allcylamino, diallcylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R4 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORD; =0; -C(=O)RD; -CO2RD; -CN; -SCN; -
SRD; -
SORD; -SO2RD; -NO2; -N(RD)2; -NHC(0)RD; or -C(RD)3; wherein each occurrence of
RD
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
105
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
- . R5 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched .or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORE; -CN; -SCN; -SRE; or -N(RE)2; wherein
each
occurrence of RE is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic
moiety, a
heteroaliphatic moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety;
alkoxy;
aryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy;
or
heteroarylthio moiety;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or
unsubstitued aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic,
substituted or
unsubstituted alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -SCN, -SH, alkylthio, arylthio, -NO2, amino,
alkyl
amino, and dialkyl amino groups; and
P is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a
protecting
group;
is reacted under basic conditions (e.g., LDA, Ph3CLO with the anion of the
phthalide of
formula:
Ri
(R7)n-T0
0
OP
wherein RI is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORA; =0; -C(0)RA; -CO2RA; -CN; -SCN; -SRA;
-
SORA; -SO2RA; -NO2; -N(RA)2; -NHC(0)RA; or -C(RA)3; wherein each occurrence of
RA
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
R7 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched
or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted,
branched or
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
106
unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
unbranched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued,-branched or.unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORG; =0; -C(=0)RG; -CO2RG; -CN; -SCN; -
SRG; -
SORG; -SO2RG; -NO2; -N(RG)2; -NHC(0)RG; or -C(RG)3; wherein each occurrence of
RG
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
alkylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety;
P are each selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower
alkyl group, acy lgroup, or a protecting group; and
n is an integer in the range of 0 to 3, inclusive;
to yield a product of formula:
R?R3 R4 5
ri
-1
0
(R7)õ---- I z N
1111114111111
OP OP
OP 0 OH 0
wherein R2 is hydrogen; halogen; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or
unsubstituted, branched
or unbranched heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted, branched or
=branched acyl;
substituted or unsubstitued, branched or unbranched aryl; substituted or
unsubstituted,
branched or unbranched heteroaryl; -ORB; =0; -C(=0)RB; -0O2R8; -CN; -SCN; -
SRB; -
SORB; -SO2RB; -NO2; -N(RB)2; -NHC(0)R8; or -C(RB)3; wherein each occurrence of
REI
is independently a hydrogen, a protecting group, an aliphatic moiety, a
heteroaliphatic
moiety, an acyl moiety; an aryl moiety; a heteroaryl moiety; alkoxy; aryloxy;
allcylthio;
arylthio; amino, alkylamino, dialkylarnino, heteroaryloxy; or heteroarylthio
moiety.
[001251 The products of the above reactions are then further
fimctionalized,
reduced, oxidized, rearranged, protected, coupled to other fragments, and
deprotected to
yield the final desired product. Various exemplary reactions used in the final
syntheses of
the compounds of the invention are shown in Figure 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 24, and
25. =As will
be appreciated by one of skill in the art, various isolation and purification
techniques
including flash chromatography, crystallization, distillation, HPLC, thin
layer
chromatography, extraction, filtration, etc. may be used in the course of
synthesizing
compounds of the invention. These techniques may be used in the preparation or
purification of intermediates, reagents, products, starting materials, or
solvents.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
107
. = Pharmaceutical Compositions. . . . .
[00126] This invention also provides a pharmaceutical preparation
comprising at
least one of the compounds as described above and herein, or a
pharmaceutically
acceptable derivative thereof, which compounds inhibit the growth of or kill
microorganisms, and, in certain embodiments of special interest are inhibit
the growth of
or kill tetracycline-resistant organisms including chlortetracycline-resistant
organisms,
oxytetracycline-resistant organisms, demeclocycline-resistant organisms,
doxycycline-
resistant organisms, minocycline-resistant organisms, or any organisms
resistant to
antibiotics of the tetracycline class used in human or veterinary medicine. In
other
embodiments, the compounds show cytostatic or cytotoxic activity against
neoplastic
cells such as cancer cells. In yet other embodiments, the compounds inhibit
the growth of
or kill rapidly dividing cells such as stimulated inflammatory cells.
[00127] As discussed above, the present invention provides novel compounds
having antimicrobial and antiproliferative activity, and thus the inventive
compounds are
useful for the treatment of a variety of medical conditions including
infectious diseases,
cancer, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, and diabetic retinopathy.
Accordingly, in another aspect of the present invention, pharmaceutical
compositions are
provided, wherein these compositions comprise any one of the compounds as
described
herein, and optionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In
certain
embodiments, these compositions optionally further comprise one or more
additional
therapeutic agents, e.g., another anti-microbial agent or another anti-
proliferative agent.
In other embodiments, these compositions further comprise an anti-inflammatory
agent
such as aspirin, ibuprofen, acetaminophen, etc., pain reliever, or anti-
pyretic.
[00128] It will also be appreciated that certain of the compounds of the
present
invention can exist in free form for treatment, or where appropriate, as a
pharmaceutically
acceptable derivative thereof. According to the present invention, a
pharmaceutically
acceptable derivative includes, but is not limited to, pharmaceutically
acceptable salts,
esters, salts of such esters, or any other adduct or derivative which upon
administration to
a patient in need is capable of providing, directly or indirectly, a compound
as otherwise
described herein, or a metabolite or residue thereof, e.g., a prodrug.
[00129] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers
to those
salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use
in contact
with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity,
irritation, allergic
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
108
response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk
ratio.
Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S.
M. Berge, et
al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 66:
1-19, 1977. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and
purification of the
compounds of the invention, or separately by reacting the free base
functionality with a
suitable organic or inorganic acid. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable,
nontoxic acid
addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as
hydrochloric
acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or
with organic
acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric
acid, succinic acid, or
malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
Other
pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate,
benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate,
camphorsulfonate,
citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate,
formate,
fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hernisulfate,
heptanoate,
hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate,
laurate, lauryl
sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate,
nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-
phenylpropionate,
phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate,
tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Representative
alkali or
alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium,
magnesium, and the
like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate,
nontoxic
ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such
as
halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl
sulfonate, and aryl
sulfonate.
[00130]
Additionally, as used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable ester"
refers to esters which hydrolyze in vivo and include those that break down
readily in the
human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof. Suitable ester
groups include,
for example, those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable aliphatic
carboxylic acids,
particularly alkanoic, alkenoic, cycloalkanoic and alkanedioic acids, in which
each alkyl or
alkenyl moiety advantageously has not more than 6 carbon atoms. Examples of
particular
esters include formates, acetates, propionates, butyrates, acrylates and
ethylsuccinates. In
certain embodiments, the esters are cleaved by enzymes such as esterases.
= CA 02648668 2013-08-05
109
[00131] Furthermore, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable
prodrugs" as used
herein refers to those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention
which are, within
the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the
tissues of humans
and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the
like,
commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their
intended use, as
well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the
invention. The term
"prodrug" refers to compounds that are rapidly transformed in vivo to yield
the parent
compound of the above formula, for example by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough
discussion
is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,
Vol. 14 of the
A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers
in Drug
Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
[00132] As described above, the pharmaceutical compositions of the
present
invention additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, which,
as used
herein, includes any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicles,
dispersion or
suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or
emulsifying agents,
preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the
particular dosage form
desired. Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Fifteenth Edition, E. W. Martin
(Mack
Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1975) discloses various carriers used in
formulating
pharmaceutical compositions and known techniques for the preparation thereof.
Except
insofar as any conventional carrier medium is incompatible with the anti-
cancer compounds
of the invention, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect or
otherwise
interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component(s) of the
pharmaceutical
composition, its use is contemplated to be within the scope of this invention.
Some
examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers
include, but
are not limited to, sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such
as corn
starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium
carboxymethyl
cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt;
gelatin; talc;
Cremophor; Solutol; excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes;
oils such as
peanut oil, cottonseed oil; safflower oil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and
soybean oil;
glycols; such a propylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl
laurate; agar;
buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic
acid;
pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and
phosphate buffer
solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium
lauryl
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
110
sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents,
coating
agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and
antioxidants can
-
also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the
formulator.
Uses of Compounds and Pharmaceutical Compositions
[00133] The invention further provides a method of treating
infections and
inhibiting tumor growth. The method involves the administration of a
therapeutically
effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative
thereof to
a subject (including, but not limited to a human or animal) in need of it.
[00134] The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the
present invention
may be used in treating or preventing any disease or conditions including
infections (e.g.,
skin infections, GI infection, urinary tract infections, genito-urinary
infections, systemic
infections), proliferative diseases (e.g., cancer), and autoimmune diseases
(e.g.,
rheumatoid arthritis, lupus). The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions
may be
administered to animals, preferably mammals (e.g., domesticated animals, cats,
dogs,
mice, rats), and more preferably humans. Any method of administration may be
used to
deliver the compound of pharmaceutical compositions to the animal. In certain
embodiments, the compound or pharmaceutical composition is administered
orally. In
other embodiments, the compound or pharmaceutical composition is administered
parenterally.
[00135] In yet another aspect, according to the methods of
treatment of the present
invention, bacteria are killed, or their growth is inhibited by contacting the
bacteria with
an inventive compound or composition, as described herein. Thus, in still
another aspect
of the invention, a method for the treatment of infection is provided
comprising
administering a therapeutically effective amount of an inventive compound, or
a
pharmaceutical composition comprising an inventive compound to a subject in
need
thereof, in such amounts and for such time as is necessary to achieve the
desired result.
In certain embodiments of the present invention a "therapeutically effective
amount" of
the inventive compound or pharmaceutical composition is that amount effective
for
killing or inhibiting the growth of bacteria. The compounds and compositions,
according
to the method of the present invention, may be administered using any amount
and any
route of administration effective for killing or inhibiting the growth of
bacteria. The
exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the
species, age,
and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the
particular
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
111
compound, its mode of administration, its mode of activity, and the like. The
compounds
of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of
administration
and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily
usage of the
compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the
attending
physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific
therapeutically
effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a
variety of
factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder;
the activity of
the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age,
body
weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of
administration, route of
administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the
duration of
the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific
compound
employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[00136] Furthermore, after formulation with an appropriate
pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier in a desired dosage, the pharmaceutical compositions of
this invention
can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally,
parenterally,
intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders,
ointments, or
drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the
severity of the
infection being treated. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the
invention may be
administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels sufficient to deliver
from about 0.001
mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably
from
about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, preferably from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 30
mg/kg,
from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10
mg/kg, and
more preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight
per day,
one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect. The desired
dosage may
be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day,
every third
day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks. In
certain
embodiments, the desired dosage may be delivered using multiple
administrations (e.g.,
two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve,
thirteen, fourteen, or
more administrations).
[00137] Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration
include, but are
not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions,
solutions,
suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the
liquid dosage
forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for
example, water or
other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol,
isopropyl
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
112
alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate,
propylene glycol,
. 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils.(in particular, cottonseed,--
groundnut, corn,
germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol,
polyethylene
glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert
diluents, the
oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents,
emulsifying and
suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents. In certain
embodiments
for parenteral administration, the compounds of the invention are mixed with
solubilizing
agents such an Cremophor, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols,
polysorbates,
cyclodextrins, polymers, and combinations thereof.
[001381 Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable
aqueous or
oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using
suitable
dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable
preparation
may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a
nontoxic
parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-
butanediol.
Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water,
Ringer's
solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile,
fixed oils are
conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose
any bland
fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In
addition, fatty
acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
1001391 The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example,
by filtration
through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents
in the form of
sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile
water or other
sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[00140] In order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is often
desirable to slow the
absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may
be
accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous
material with
poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon
its rate of
dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form.
Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is
accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot
forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable
polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug
to
polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug
release can
be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include
poly(orthoesters) and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
113
poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by
entrapping the drug
= - in
liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body.tissues. .=.
. . .
[00141] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably
suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention
with
suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter,
polyethylene glycol or a
suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body
temperature
and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active
compound.
[00142] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules,
tablets, pills,
powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is
mixed with at
least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as
sodium citrate or
dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose,
sucrose,
glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example,
carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose,
and acacia, c)
humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar--agar,
calcium
carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and
sodium carbonate,
e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such
as quaternary
ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and
glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i)
lubricants
such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene
glycols, sodium
lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and
pills, the dosage
form may also comprise buffering agents.
[00143] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as
fillers in
soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk
sugar as well
as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage
forms of
tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings
and shells
such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical
formulating
art. They may optionally contain pacifying agents and can also be of a
composition that
they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain
part of the
intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding
compositions
which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions
of a
similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin
capsules using
such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight
polethylene
glycols and the like.
[00144] The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with
one or
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
114
more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees,
capsules,
pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells-such as enteric
coatings,
release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the
pharmaceutical
formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed
with at
least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms
may also
comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert
diluents, e.g.,
tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and
microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the
dosage forms
may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying
agents and
can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only,
or
preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a
delayed manner.
Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric
substances
and waxes.
1001451 Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a
compound of
this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders,
solutions, sprays,
inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions
with a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as
may be
required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also
contemplated as
being within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the present invention
contemplates
the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing
controlled
delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by
dissolving or
dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be
used
to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be
controlled by either
providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a
polymer
matrix or gel.
1001461 It will also be appreciated that the compounds and pharmaceutical
compositions of the present invention can be employed in combination
therapies, that is,
the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions can be administered concurrently
with,
prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical
procedures.
The particular combination of therapies (therapeutics or procedures) to employ
in a
combination regimen will take into account compatibility of the desired
therapeutics
and/or procedures and the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved. It will
also be
appreciated that the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the
same
disorder (for example, an inventive compound may be administered concurrently
with
= CA 02648668 2013-08-05
115
another anticancer agent), or they may achieve different effects (e.g.,
control of any
adverse effects).
[00147]
In still another aspect, the present invention also provides a
pharmaceutical
pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the
ingredients of
the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, and in certain embodiments,
includes an
additional approved therapeutic agent for use as a combination therapy.
Optionally
associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a
governmental
agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceutical products,
which notice
reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human
administration.
[00148]
These and other aspects of the present invention will be further appreciated
upon consideration of the following Examples, which are intended to illustrate
certain
particular embodiments of the invention but are not intended to limit its
scope, as defined by
the claims.
Examples
Example 1 -Synthesis of (-)-Tetracycline
[00149]
General Procedures. All reactions were performed in flame-dried round
bottomed or modified Schlenk (Kjeldahl shape) flasks fitted with rubber septa
under a
positive pressure of argon, unless otherwise noted. Air- and moisture-
sensitive liquids and
solutions were transferred via syringe or stainless steel cannula. Where
necessary (so
noted), solutions were deoxygenated by alternative freeze (liquid
nitrogen)/evacuation/ thaw
cycles
three iterations). Organic solutions were concentrated by rotary evaporation
at
-25 Torr (house vacuum). Flash column chromatography was performed on silica
gel (60 A,
standard grade) as described by Still et al. (Still, W. C; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A.
J. Org. Chem.
1978, 43, 2923-2925). Analytical thin-layer chromatography was performed using
glass
plates pre-coated with 0.25 mm 230-400 mesh silica gel impregnated with a
fluorescent
indicator (254 nm). Thin layer chromatography plates were visualized by
exposure to
ultraviolet light and/or exposure to ceric ammonium molybdate or an acidic
solution of p-
anisaldehyde followed by heating on a hot plate.
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
116
[00150] Materials. Commercial reagents and solvents were used as received
with
the following exceptions. Chlorotrimethylsilane, triethylamine,
diisopropylamine, 2,2,6,6-
tetramethylpiperidine, N,N,N;N'-tetramethylethylenediamine, DMPU, HMPA, and
N,N-
diisopropylethylamine were distilled from calcium hydride under dinitrogen
atmosphere.
Benzene, dichloromethane, ethyl ether, methanol, pyridine, tetrahydrofuran,
hexane,
acetonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide, and toluene were purified by the method
of Pangborn
et al. (Pangborn, A. B.; Giardello, M. A.; Grubbs, R. H.; Rosen, R. K.;
Timmers, F. J.
Organometallics 1996, 15, 1518-1520). The molarity of n-butyllithium, s-
butyllithium, and t-
butyllithium were determined by titration with a tetrahydrofuran solution of 2-
butanol using
triphenylmethane as an indicator (Duhamel, L.; Palquevent, J.-C. J. Org. Chem.
1979, 44,
3404-3405).
[00151] Instrumentation. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1H NMR) spectra
and
carbon nuclear magnetic resonance (13C NMR) were recorded with Varian
Unity/Inova 600
(600 MHz), Varian Unity/lnova 500 (500 MHz/125 MHz), or Varian Mercury 400
(400
MHz/100 MHz) NMR spectrometers. Chemical shifts for protons are reported in
parts per
million scale (6 scale) downfield from tetramethylsilane and are referenced to
residual
protium in the NMR solvents (CHCI3: 6 7.26, C6D5H: 6 7.15, D2HCOD: 6 3.31,
CDHCl2: 6
5.32, (CD2H)CD3SO: 6 2.49). Chemical shifts for carbon are reported in parts
per million (6
scale) downfield from tetramethylsilane and are referenced to the carbon
resonances of the
solvent (CDCI3: 6 77.0, C6D6: 6 128.0, D3COD: 6 44.9, CD2Cl2: 6 53.8,
(CD3)2S0: 6 39.5).
Data are represented as follows: chemical shift, multiplicity (s = singlet, d
= doublet, t =
triplet, q = quartet, m = multiplet, br = broad), integration, coupling
constant in Hz, and
assignment. Infrared (IR) spectra were obtained using a Perkin-Elmer 1600 FT-
IR
spectrophotometer referenced to a polystyrene standard. Data are represented
as follows:
frequency of the absorption (cm-1), intensity of absorption (s = strong, sb =
strong broad, m
= medium, w = weak, br =broad), and assignment (where appropriate). Optical
rotations
were determined on a JASCO DIP-370 digital polarimeter equipped with a sodium
lamp
source using a 200-pL or 2-mL solution cell. High resolution mass spectra were
obtained at
the Harvard University Mass Spectrometry Facilities.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
117
Microbial Dihydroxylation Product DRS1:
= =
A. eutrophus 40 co,
CO2H H6 8"
74%
benzoic acid DRS I
Preparation of Glycerol Stock Solutions
[00152] Alcaligenes eutrophus B9 cells (lyophilized powder, 20 mg,
generously
supplied by Prof. George D. Hegeman (Indiana University); Reiner, A. M.;
Hegeman, G.
D. Biochemistry 1971, 10, 2530.) were suspended in nutrient broth (5 mL,
prepared by
dissolving 8 g of Difco Bacto Nutrient Broth in 1 L of nanopure water
followed by
sterilization in an autoclave at 125 C) in a 20-mL sterile culture tube.
Aqueous sodium
succinate solution (16.7 L of a 2.5 M aqueous solution, 5 mIVI final
concentration) was
added, and the culture tube was shaken at 250 rpm at 30 C until cell growth
became
apparent (3 d). An aliquot (250 ilL) of the cellular suspension was then
transferred to 5
mL of Hutner's mineral base medium (HMB, see paragraph below) containing
sodium
succinate (16.7 ILL of a 2.5 M aqueous solution, 5 mM final concentration) in
a 20-mL
sterile culture tube. The culture tube was shaken at 250 rpm for 2 d at 30 `V,
whereupon
an aliquot (250 !IL) of the fermentation solution was subcultured in a sterile
Erlenmeyer
flask containing 50 mL of HMB and aqueous sodium succinate solution (167 IAL
of a 2.5
M solution, 5 InM final concentration). The flask was shaken at 250 rpm for 24
h at 30
C. The resulting solution was used directly for the preparation of glycerol
stock
solutions. Thus, a portion of the subcultured cellular suspension (5 mL) was
diluted with
an equal volume of sterile glycerol, and the resulting solution was divided
equally into ten
2-mL sterile Eppendorf tubes. The individual stock solutions were then stored
at ¨80 C.
Hutner's Mineral Base Medium
[00153] Hutner's mineral base medium (HMB) was prepared as follows. Solid
potassium hydroxide (400 mg) was dissolved in 500 mL of nanopure water in a 2-
L
Erlenmeyer flask. Nitrilotriacetic acid (200 mg), magnesium sulfate (283 mg),
calcium
chloride dihydrate (67 mg), ammonium molybdate (0.2 mg), iron (II) sulfate
(2.0 mg),
Hutner's Metals 44 solution (1 mL, see paragraph below), ammonium sulfate (1.0
g),
potassium dihydrogen phosphate (2.72 g) and sodium monohydrogen phosphate
heptahydrate (5.36 g) were added sequentially. The solution was diluted to a
total volume
of 1 L and the pH was adjusted to 6.8 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The
medium
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
118
was sterilized by filtration or by heating in an autoclave.
[00154] Hutner's Metals 44 solution was prepared as follows. Concentrated
sulfuric acid (100 !IL) was added to nanopure water (50 mL) in a 250-mL
Erlenmeyer
flask. Solid EDTA (0.50 g), zinc sulfate heptahydrate (2.20 g), iron (II)
sulfate
heptahydrate (1.0 g), copper (I) sulfate (039 g), cobalt (II) nitrate
hexahydrate (50 mg)
and sodium tetraborate decahydrate (36 mg) were then added in sequence,
followed by 50
mL of nanopure water.
Cellular Dihydroxylation of Sodium Benzoate
1001551 A sterile pipette tip was streaked across the surface of a frozen
glycerol
stock solution to produce small shards (ca. 10 mg). The frozen shards were
added to a
sterile 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask containing HMB (25 mL) and aqueous sodium
succinate
solution (140 of a 1.5 M solution, 5 mM final concentration). The flask was
shaken at
250 rpm for 2 days at 30 C. An aliquot (10 mL) of the white, heterogeneous
solution
was transferred using a sterile pipette to a mammalian cell growth jar
containing HMB (6
L) and aqueous sodium succinate solution (20 mL of a 1.5 M solution, 5 mM
final
concentration). The jar was warmed on a hot plate to an internal temperature
of 30 C;
cotton-filtered air was sparged through the medium. 'After 2 days, the white,
heterogeneous solution was treated with aqueous sodium benzoate solution (18
mL of a
1.0 M solution) and aqueous sodium succinate solution (10 mL of a 1.5 M
solution),
inducing dihydroxylation. The resulting mixture was aerated vigorously for 6
hours at an
internal temperature of 30 C. After induction, sufficient aqueous sodium
benzoate
solution (24 to 48 mL of a 1.0 M solution, depending on the rate of
consumption) was
added hourly to maintain a concentration of 10-20 mIvI (determined by UV
absorbance at
225 nm). Aqueous sodium succinate solution (10 mL of a 1.5 M solution) was
added
every fourth hour. These additions proceeded over 18 hours, then the solution
was
aerated overnight at an internal temperature of 30 C, to ensure complete
conversion. The
fermentation broth was centrifuged, in portions, at 6000 rpm (Sorvall GS-3
rotor, model
SLA-3000) to remove cellular material. The supernatant was concentrated to a
volume of
400 mL using a rotary evaporator (bath temperature <45 C). The concentrate
was cooled
to 0 C and then acidified to pH 3.0 using concentrated aqueous hydrochloric
acid. The
acidified aqueous solution was extracted repeatedly with ethyl acetate (8 x
500 mL, 4 x
800 mL, 8 x 1 L). The ethyl acetate extracts were dried over sodium sulfate
before
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
119
concentration, using a rotary evaporator (bath temperature <45 C), providing
a pale
= - - = yellow solid residue.- Trituration-of the residue with
dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL)
followed by drying in vacuo afforded pure (1S,2R)-1,2-dihydroxycyclohexa-3,5-
diene-1-
carboxylic acid (DRS1) as a white powder mp 95-96 C dec (38 g, 74%, [43-114.8
(c
0.5 in Et0H), lit., [43-106 (c 0.5 in Et0H) Jenkins, G. N.; Ribbons, D. W.;
Widdowson,
D. A.; Slawin, A. M. Z.; Williams, D. J. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1 1995,
2647.).
Epoxide DRS2:
m-c BA,E:oA5
co2H c.p 23c
ic- co2H
H6 C3H tjEl
83%
DRS1 DRS2
[00156] m-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (mCPBA was purified as follows:
50 g of
77% mCPBA (Alrich) was dissolved in benzene (1 L), the benzene solution was
then
washed with pH 7.4 phosphate buffer (3 x 1 L) and dried over Na2SO4 for 3
hours and
concentrated (<40 C, thermal detonation hazard) to provide pure mCPBA as a
white
solid; 10.7 g, 62.3 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added in three equal portions over 30
mm. to a
suspension of the microbial dihydroxylation product DRS1 (8.10 g, 51.9 mmol,
1.0
equiv) in ethyl acetate (400 mL) at 23 C. The heterogeneous solution was
stirred for 10
h, then was diluted with benzene (80 mL) and stirred for 1 h The supernatant
was
decanted and the solid residue was triturated with benzene (2 x 15 mL). The
resulting
pasty solid was dried in vacuo to provide the epoxide DRS2 as an amorphous
white
powder (7.36 g, 83%).
[00157] mp 87-91 C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 6.23 (dd, 1H, J=
9.6, 3.9
Hz, =CHC(OCH)), 5.92 (dd, 1H, J= 9.6, 1.9 Hz, =CHC(CO2H)), 4.40 (d, 1H, J =
1.3 Hz,
CHOH), 3.58 (dd, 1H, J= 4.4, 1.3 Hz, CHCHOH), 3.49 (m, 1H, =CCH0); 13C NlvfR
(100 MHz, CD30D) 8 175.8, 135.1, 128.8, 75.4, 70.9, 57.5, 50.3; FTIR (neat),
cm-I 3381
(s, OH), 1738 (s, C=0), 1608 (m), 1255 (m), 1230 (m), 1084 (m, C-0); HRMS (CI)
m/z
calcd for (C7H805+NH4)+ 190.0715, found 190.0707.
Epoxide DJB1:
I. TMSCHN2
O':.= COH CH3OHThenzene TB
ID
.6 81-1 2 2 TBSOTf, Et3N S O2CH3
DCM, ¨60 23 C TBSO
DRS2 DJB1
70%
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
120
1001581 A solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexanes (2.0 M, 25.5
mL, 51.0
Irmo', 1.2 equiv) was added to a solution of the epoxide DRS2 (7.36 g, 42.8
mmol, 1.0
equiv) in methanol-benzene (1:3, 160 mL) at 23 C. Extensive gas evolution was
observed upon addition. The yellow solution was stirred for 5 min, then was
concentrated, affording a light yellow solid. The solid was dried by
azeotropic distillation
from benzene (2 x 25 mL), and the dried solid was suspended in dichloromethane
(200
mL). Triethylamine (20.8 ml, 149 mmol, 3.5 equiv) and tert-butyldimethylsily1
trifluoromethanesulfonate (29.4 ml, 128 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were then added in
sequence,
providing a homogeneous solution. The reaction solution was stirred at 23 C
for 30 min.
An aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 300 mL) was
added
followed by dichloromethane (100 m1). The organic phase was separated and
dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated, providing a brown oil. The product was purified by flash column
chromatography (5:95 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the epoxide DJB1 as a
light
yellow oil (12.4 g, 70% over 2 steps).
Rf 0.50 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.95 (dd, 1H,
J= 9.8,
3.4 Hz, =CHCOTBS), 5.89 (ddd, 1H, J= 9.8, 2.9, 1.5 Hz, =CHCHOCCO2), 4.63 (d,
1H,
J= 3.9 Hz, 02CCCHOTBS), 4.42 (m, 1H, =CCHOTBS), 3.78 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.31 (d,
1H, J= 2.0 Hz, CHOCCO2), 0.90 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.89 (s, 911, C(CH3)3), 0.09
(s, 3H,
SiCH3), 0.08 (s, 6H, SiCH3), 0.07 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8
170.2,
138.7, 122.6, 69.3, 68.4, 59.7, 52.5, 52.0, 25.9, 25.7, 18.3, 18.2, -4.18, -
4.27, -4.45, -5.21;
FTIR (neat), cm-1 1759 (m, C=0), 1736 (s, C=0), 1473 (m), 1256 (w), 1253 (s),
1150-(s,
C-0), 1111 (m, C-0), 1057 (s, C-0), 940 (m); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C201-
13805Si2)+
414.2258, found 414.2239.
Isoxazole MGC2 (Method A):
OH CC-c) 1. MsCI, Et3N, DMAP, N(CI-13)2
0
DCM, 0 ¨r23 CC 1 01,N
I ;N n 2. (Q-13)2NH, DMF
OBn
74%
MGC1 MGC2
1001591 Triethylamine (37.5 mL, 0.269 mol, 1.15 equiv), 4-
(dimethylamino)pyridine (289 mg, 2.34 mmol, 0.01 equiv), and methanesulfonyl
chloride
(20.8 mL, 0.269 mol, 1.15 equiv) were added in sequence to a solution of the
alcohol
MGC1 (prepared in two steps from commercially available methyl 3-hydroxy-5-
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
121
isoxazolecarboxylate as previously reported by: Reiss, R.; Schiin, M.;
Laschat, S.; Jager,
- -=V.. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 1998,473-479.) (48.0 g, 0.234 mol, 1.0
equiv) in dichloromethane - --
(450 mL) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 2.5 h, then was
concentrated, affording an orange oil. Chilled dimethylamine (condensed using
a cold
finger with dry ice/acetone, 26.2 mL, 0.480 mol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a
mixture of the
orange oil prepared above and N,N-dimethylformarnide (150 mL) at 0 C,
providing a
homogenous solution. The solution was stirred at 0 C for 2 h, then was
allowed to warm
to 23 C; stirring was continued at that temperature for 24 h. The solution
was partitioned
between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution-brine (2:1, 300 mL) and
ethyl
acetate-hexanes (1:1, 500 mL). The organic phase was separated and washed with
brine
(2 x 200 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate The dried solution was
filtered
and the filtrate was concentrated, furnishing a brown residue. The product was
purified
by flash column chromatography (1:4 to 1:1 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording
the
isoxazole MGC2 as a light yellow oil (40.1 g, 74%).
Rf 0.34 (1:1 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 11-1 NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.43-7.31 (m,
5H,
ArH), 5.82 (s, 1H, =CH), 5.23 (s, 211, OCH2Ar), 3.48 (s, 2H, CH2N(C113)2),
2.27 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 8 171.9, 171.2, 136.1, 128.8, 128.5, 128.7,
94.8,
71.7, 55.1, 45.3; FTIR (neat), cm' 2950 (s, CH), 1615 (s), 1494 (s), 1452 (s),
1136 (m);
HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C131-116N202)+ 232.1212, found 232.1220.
Isoxazole MGC4:
N(cH3)2
N
(CH3)2NH, DMF I C3;µN
0 23 C
Br Br
79%
MGC3 MGC4
1001601
Chilled dimethylamine (condensed into a reaction vessel submerged in a 0
C bath using a cold finger with dry ice/acetone, 106 mL, 1.94 mol, 2.2 equiv)
was added
dropwise via camiula to a solution of the isoxazole MGC3 (prepared in two
steps from
glyoxylic acid as reported by: Pevarello, P.; Varasi, M. Synth. Conunun. 1992,
22, 1939.)
(174 g, 0.884 mol, 1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile (2 L) at 0 C. The reaction
mixture was
stirred at 0 C for 2 h, then the cooling bath was removed. The reaction
mixture was
allowed to warm to 23 C; stirring was continued at that temperature for 8 h.
The mixture
was partitioned between brine-saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution
(1:1, 1.5 L)
and ethyl acetate (1.5 L). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous
phase was
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
122
further extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 400 mL). The organic phases were
combined and
= -
dried over anhydrous sodium- sulfate. The dried solution-was filtered
and the filtrate was -=-= = -
concentrated to a volume of 500 mL, resulting in the formation of a white
precipitate.
The concentrate was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing the
isoxazole
MGC4 as an orange oil (143 g, 79%). An analytical sample was prepared by flash
column chromatography (1:9 to 2:8 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the
isoxazole
MGC4 as a light yellow oil.
1001611 Rf 0.30 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8
6.26 (s,
1H, vinyl), 3.63 (s, 2H, CH2N(CH3)2), 2.30 (s, 6H, N(C113)2); 13C NIvIR (100
MHz,
CDC13) 8 172.1, 140.5, 106.8, 54.5, 45.3; FTIR (neat), cm -I 3137 (w), 2945
(m), 2825
(m), 2778 (m), 1590 (s), 1455 (m), 1361 (m), 1338 (s), 1281 (s), 1041 (m);
HRMS (ES)
m/z calcd for (C6H9BrN20-1-1-)+ 204.9976, found 204.9969.
Isoxazole MGC2 (Method B):
N(cH3)2 N(cH3)2
ol,N be nzyl alcohol
=
N a, 120 *C
Br OBn
63%
MGC4 MGC2
1001621 Sodium metal (32.63 g, 1.42 mol, 2.03 equiv) was added
portionwise over
8 h to benzyl alcohol (1 L) at 23 C. The resulting mixture was stirred
vigorously for 24
h, then was transferred via large bore cannula to the neat isoxazole MGC4 (143
g, 0.700
mol, 1.0 equiv) at 23 C. The resulting light brown mixture was placed in an
oil bath
preheated to 120 C and was stirred for 20 h at that temperature. Ethyl
acetate (2 L) was
added to the cooled reaction mixture and stirring was continued for 15 mm.
Aqueous
hydrochloric acid (1.0 M, 2 L) was added and the aqueous phase was separated.
The
organic phase was further extracted with two 300-mL portions of 1.0 M aqueous
hydrochloric acid. The aqueous phases were combined and the pH adjusted to 9
by slow
addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide (6.0 M, approx. 350 mL). The resulting
mixture
was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 500 mL). The organic extracts were
combined
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, yielding the isoxazole MGC2 as a yellow oil (102 g, 63%). An
analytical sample was prepared by flash column chromatography (3:7 ethyl
acetate-
hexanes, then 5:95 methanol in ethyl acetate), affording the isoxazole MGC2 as
a light
yellow oil (spectroscopic data was identical to that obtained for material
prepared by
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
123
Method A).
Ketone MGC5:
N(CH 3)2 N(C1-13)2
1. n-BuLi, THF, -78 C
1."%eiN 2 ____________________________ .0 ;to I 0/sN
.0 :(0 TBSO .
Bn TBS04. CO2CH3 TBSi 0 Bn
.MGC2 TBS8 DJB1 MGC5
73%
[00163] A solution of n-butyllithiunri in hexanes (2.47 M, 16.0 mL, 39.5
mmol, 1.0
equiv) was added to a solution of the isoxazole MGC2 (9.16 g, 39.5 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) at ¨78 C. The resulting rust-colored solution was
stirred at ¨
78 C for 1h whereupon a solution of the methyl ester DJB1 (9.82 g, 23.7 mmol,
0.6
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) was added dropwise via cannula. The transfer
was
quantitated with two 1-mL portions of tetrahydrofuran. The resulting brown
solution was
stirred at ¨78 C for 1 h, then an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution
(pH 7.0,
0.2 M, 250 mL) was added. The biphasic mixture was allowed to warm to 23 C,
then
was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 300 mL). The organic extracts were
combined
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The product was purified by flash
column
chromatography (1:9 to 1:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the ketone MGC5
as a light
yellow solid (10.6 g, 73%).
[00164] Rf 0.59 (1:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1HNMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.44-
7.35 (m, 5H, ArH), 5.90 (ddd, 1H, J= 9.8, 5.9, 2.0 Hz, =CHCHOSi), 5.82 (dd,
1H, J=
9.8, 3.4 Hz, =CHCHOCC), 5.31 (m, 2H, OCH2Ar), 4.58 (d, 1H, J= 4.2 Hz,
(0)CCCHOSi), 4.27 (m, 1H, =CHCHOSi), 3.94 (d, 1H, J= 15.6 Hz, CHHN), 3.77 (d,
1H, J= 15.6 Hz, CHEN), 3.17 (dd, 1H, J= 3.4, 1.5 Hz, HCOCC(0)), 2.35 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2), 0.89 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.83 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.06 (s, 3H, SiCH3),
0.05 (s, 3H,
SiCH3), 0.04 (s, 3H, SiCH3), ¨0.07 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 8
191.8,
176.3, 168.9, 136.5, 135.5, 128.8, 128.7, 125.0, 106.9, 72.4, 69.6, 67.8,
67.4, 55.3, 52.6,
45.9, 26.2, 26.0, 18.5, 18.3, ¨3.1, ¨3.8, ¨3.8, ¨5.1; FTIR (neat), cm -I 2952
(s, CH), 1682
(s, C=0), 1594 (s), 1502 (s), 1456 (m), 1097 (s, C-0), 774 (s); HRMS (FAB) m/z
calcd
for (C32H50N206Si2+Na)+ 637.3105, found 637.3097.
Ketones MGC6 and MGC7:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
124
= N(CH3)2 tl(CH
(CH3)2N4. OBn
3)2
Li = 0
. dirzo I ;N 1. LiOT f, toluene, 60 '0 001 5N
+
TBSCK _ 2. TFA=13CM (9:1) . 0
'TBS8 0 0130 -, 23 'V TBses 0 .13n TBSe
OH
-rss5
MGC5 MGC6, 62%
MGC7, 28%
[00165] Solid lithium trifiuoromethanesulfonate (76.0 mg, 0.490 mmol, 0.05
equiv) was added to a solution of the ketone MGC5 (6.02 g, 9.80 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in
toluene (500 mL) at 23 C. The resulting heterogeneous light yellow mixture
was placed
in an oil bath preheated to 65 C and was stirred at that temperature for 3 h.
The reaction
mixture was cooled to 23 C and was filtered. The solids were washed with
toluene (50
mL) and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The oil was
covered with
dichloromethane-trifluoroacetic acid (10:1, 165 mL) and the resulting mixture
was stirred
at 23 C for 18 h. Aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (300 mL) was added and
extensive gas evolution was observed upon addition. The biphasic mixture was
extracted
with diethyl ether (4 x 300 mL) and the organic extracts were combined and
dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated, providing a brown oil. The product was purified by flash column
chromatography (1:9 to 1:5 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the ketone MGC6
as a
white foam (3.20 g, 62%) and the ketone MGC7 as a viscous yellow oil (1.68 g,
28%).
Ketone MGC6:
[00166] R10.52 (1:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.45
(m, 2H, ArH), 7.36-7.30 (m, 3H, ArH), 5.96 (bs, 1H, =CH), 5.45 (bs, 1H, =CH),
5.32 (m,
2H, OCHH'Ar), 5.33 (bs, 1H, CHOSi), 4.15 (d, 1H, J= 8.8 Hz, CHOSi), 3.59 (d,
1H, J=
3.9 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.34 (bs, 1H, C3CH), 2.57 (bs, 1H, OH), 2.39 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2),
0.90 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.16 (s, 3H, SiCH3), 0.11 (s, 311, SiCH3); 13C NMR (100
MHz,
C6D6) 8 189.2, 178.3, 168.6, 135.3, 128.5, 128.4, 128.3, 125.4, 106.4, 79.8,
72.3, 72.2,
67.1, 63.6, 42.9, 26.1, 18.5, ¨4.0, ¨4.8; FTIR (neat), cm-1 3549 (bs, OH),
3455 (bs, OH),
2942 (s, CH), 1698 (s, C=0), 1617 (m), 1508 (s), 1032 (s, C-0), 906 (s); HRMS
(ES) m/z
calcd for (C26H36N206Si+H)+ 501.2421, found 501.2422.
Ketone MGC7:
[00167] R10.64 (1:5 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.50
(d,
2H, J = 1.5 Hz, ArH), 7.40-7.32 (m, 3H, ArH), 5.94 (dd, 1H, J = 9.7, 6.4 Hz,
=CHCHCHOSi), 5.76 (d, 111, J = 9.7 Hz, =CHCOH), 5.37 (d, 1H, J = 12.2 Hz,
OCHI-I'Ph), 5.32 (d, 1H, J= 12.2 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.09 (d, 1H, J= 2.9 Hz,
HOCCHOSi),
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
125
4.03 (s, 1H, OH), 3.88 (m, 1H, NCHCHCHOSi), 3.74 (d, 1H, J = 3.9 Hz,
(CH3)2NCH),
2.46 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 0.91 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.87 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.06.(s,
3H, SiCH3),
0.05 (s, 3H, SiCH3), 0.04 (s, 3H, SiCH3), 0.03 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (125
MHz,
CDC13) 8 194.9, 173.9, 170.5, 135.8, 132.6, 128.8, 128.5, 128.3, 127.9, 106.2,
81.6, 74.8,
72.0, 71.7, 69.5, 44.6,43.2, 26.1,25.9, 18.7, 18.2, ¨3.6, ¨4.1, ¨4.3, ¨4.3;
FTIR (neat), cm-
1 3461 (bs, OH), 2940 (s, CH), 1693 (s, C=0), 1663 (s), 1647 (m), 1503 (m),
1080 (s, C-
0), 774 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C32H50N206Si2+H)+ 615.3285, found
615.3282.
Alkene DRS3:
WcH3)2 N(cH3)2
H 7
7 0
40 411;N 21. NPPhBs3,HDEAD so! 1,,N
HO"' , 6
TBSC5 H 0 OBn ms:a ;(7.51 =Bn
74%
MGC6 DRS3
[00168] Diethyl azodicarboxylate (472 L, 3.00 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added
to a
solution of the ketone MGC6 (500 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and
triphenylphosphine
(789 mg, 3.00 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in toluene (6.0 mL) at 0 C. The mixture was
stirred at 0
C for 90 min whereupon a solution of 2-nitrobenzenesulfonyl hydrazine (651 mg,
3.00
mmol, 3.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise via cannula. The
resulting Mixture was stirred at 0 C for 10 min, then was allowed to warm to
23 C;
stirring was continued at that temperature for 23 h. An aqueous potassium
phosphate
buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 30 mL) was added and the resulting biphasic
mixture was
extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The organic extracts were combined
and
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the
filtrate was
concentrated, providing a yellow sludge. The product was purified by flash
column
chromatography (95:5 to 1:9 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the alkene DRS3
as a
white solid (356 mg, 74%).
[00169] Rf 0.65 (1:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8
7.46 (d,
2H, J = 6.8 Hz, ArH), 7.39-7.34 (m, 3H, ArH), 5.81 (m, 1H, =CHCH2), 5.55 (dd,
1H, J=
10.3, 2.0 Hz, =CHCOSi), 5.39 (d, 1H, J= 12.2 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.35 (d, 1H, J=
12.2 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 415 (s, 111, CHOSi), 4.04 (bs, 1H, OH), 3.76 (d, 1H, J= 10.7 Hz,
CHN(CH3)2), 2.58 (dd, 1H, J= 10.7, 3.9 Hz, C3CH), 2.47 (m, 8H, N(CH3)2,
=CCH2),
0.86 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), ¨0.05 (s, 3H, SiCH3), ¨0.13 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR
(125 MHz,
CDC13) 8 191.5, 183.3, 167.9, 135.3, 128.8, 128.7, 128.5, 127.4, 106.8, 78.3,
72.6, 72.0,
67.9, 60.7, 43.0, 42.1, 26.0, 25.8, 23.6, 18.2, ¨4.6, ¨5.0; FTIR (neat), cm-1
3528 (w, OH),
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
126
2933 (s, CH), 1702 (s, C=0), 1600 (m), 1507 (s), 1092 (s, C-0), 1061 (s, C-0);
FIRMS
. (ES) m/z calcd for (C26H36N205Si+H)+ 485.2472, found 485.2457. _
Diol DRS4:
NpFi3)2 õ N(cH3)2
LI 7 0 0
001 314 TBAF, HOAc 11101 ;N
THF
8 I
TBSv H = OBn H OBn
OBn
76%
DRS3 DRS4
[00170] Acetic acid (83.0 L, 1.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and a solution of
tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 M, 1.44 mL, 1.44 mmol, 2.0
equiv)
were added in sequence to a solution of the olefin DRS3 (350 mg, 0.723 mmol,
1.0 equiv)
in tetrahydrofuran (7.0 mL) at 0 C. The resulting light gray solution was
stirred at 0 C
for 30 min, then was allowed to warm to 23 C; stirring was continued at that
temperature
for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, providing a brown oil. The
product was
purified by flash column chromatography (1:4 to 1:1 ethyl acetate-hexanes),
affording the
diol DRS4 as a waxy white solid (202 mg, 76%).
[00171] R10.38 (1:1 ethyl acetate-hexanes); H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5
7.51-
7.48 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.42-7.36 (m, 3H, ArH), 5.84 (m, 1H, =CHCH2), 5.55 (m, 11-
1,
=CHCOH), 5.36 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 4.15 (d, 1H, J= 8.1 Hz, CHOH), 3.69 (d, 1H, J=
8.8
Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 2.67 (m, 1H, C3CH), 2.47 (s, 611, N(CH3)2), 2.43 (dd, 111,
J=7.7, 1.5
Hz, =CCHH"), 2.36 (m, 1H, =CCHH'); FTIR (neat), cm -I 3492 (w, OH), 3272 (s,
OH),
1703 (s, C=0), 1606 (m), 1509 (s), 1008 (s, C-0), 732 (s); FIRMS (ES) m/z
calcd for
(C201122N205+H)+ 371.1607, found 371.1601.
Cyclohexenone DRS5:
N(c1-13)2 u(CH3)2
H - H -
1311 0
0.1 51 =
H6. fi =: n
= H =
84%
DRS4 DRS5
[00172] Solid o-iodoxybenzoic acid (558 mg, 1.99 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was
added to
a solution of the diol DRS4 (246 mg, 0.665 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
dimethylsulfoxide (5.0
mL) at 23 C. The resulting heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 5 min
whereupon it
became homogeneous. The brown reaction mixture was stirred at 23 C for 36 h.
Water
(10 mL) was added resulting in the precipitation of excess o-iodoxybenzoic
acid. The
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
127
mixture was filtered and the filtrate was partitioned between saturated
aqueous sodium
- - bicarbonate solution-brine (1:1, 20 mL) and ethyl acetate-hexanes
(2:1, 45 mL). The - - -
organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with a
45-mL
portion of ethyl acetate-hexanes (2:1). The organic extracts were combined and
washed
with aqueous sodium sulfite solution (2.0 M, 50 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried
over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated, providing the cyclohexenone DRS5 as a light brown foam (206 mg,
84%).
[00173] Rf 0.15 (1:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); H NMR (500 MHz,
CDC13) 8 7.48 (d,
2H, J = 7.3 Hz, ArH), 7.40-7.34 (m, 3H, ArH), 6.98 (m, 1H, =CHCH2), 6.12 (ddd,
1H, J
= 12.2, 2.0, 2.0 Hz, =CHC(0)), 5.35 (m, 2H, OCH2Ar), 4.75 (bs, 1H, OH), 3.85
(d, 1H, J
= 9.8 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 2.82 (m, 3H, C3CH, =CCH2), 2.48 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2); I3C
NMR
(125 MHz, CDC13) 8 192.8, 188.2, 182.8, 167.6, 149.7, 135.0, 128.9, 128.8,
128.6, 128.3,
107.9, 79.7, 72.8, 60.4, 45.5, 42.4, 25.4; FTIR (neat), cm-I 3447 (w, OH),
1707 (s, C=0),
1673 (s, C=0), 1600 (m), 1512 (s), 1018 (s, C-0), 730 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd
for
(C20H20N205+H)+ 369.1450, found 369.1454.
Silyl-Cyclohexenone DRS6:
bi(cH3)2 ti(CHa)2
H - H 7
0
DCM
11140 TBSOT6-lutdine 1111.1 1=N
MP.
6:n =:n
= H = 91% = t =
&BS
DRS5 DRS6
[00174] 2,6-Lutidine (75.0 L, 0.640 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and tert-
butyldimethylsilyl
trifluoromethanesulfonate (88.0 L, 0.380 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added in
sequence to a
solution of the cyclohexenone DRS5 (47.0 mg, 0.130 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
dichloromethane (3 niL) at 23 C. The mixture was stirred at 23 C for 3 h,
then an
aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 15 mL) was added.
The
biphasic mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 X 20 mL) and the
organic
extracts were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried
solution was
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, affording the silyl-cyclohexenone
DRS6 as a
white crystalline solid (56.0 mg, 91%).
[00175] Mp 157-158 C (dec); Rf 0.54 (1:3 ethyl acetate-
hexanes); 1H NMR (500
MHz, CDC13) 8 7.51 (d, 2H, J = 1.5 Hz, ArH), 7.50-7.34 (m, 3H, ArH), 6.94 (m,
1H,
=CHCH2), 6.10 (ddd, 1H, J = 10.3, 1.5, 1.5 Hz, =CHC(0)), 5.36 (m, 2H, OCH2Ar),
3.79
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
128
(d, 1H, J= 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 2.83 (m, 2H, =CCH2), 2.78 (m, 1H, C3CH), 2.46
(s,
6H, N(CH3)2), 0.84 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.27 (s, 3H, SiCH3), 0.06 (s, 3H, SiCH3);
13C NMR -
(125 MHz, CDC13) 8 193.4, 187.9, 181.6, 167.7, 149.5, 135.2, 128.8, 128.8,
128.8, 128.6,
108.6, 83.5, 72.8, 59.8, 48.1, 42.2, 26.3, 25.8, 19.3, -2.2, -3.8; FTIR
(neat), cm -I 2942
(s), 1719 (s, C=0), 1678 (s, C=0), 1602 (m), 1510 (s), 1053 (s, C-0), 733 (s);
HRIVIS
(ES) m/z calcd for (C26H341\1205Si+H)+ 483.2315, found 483.2321.
Ketone MGC9:
CHO 1. CH3MgBr, THE. -5 ''C 0 H3
Br Br
= Bn 2. TEMPO, Na0C1, NaBr di
NaH CO3, THE, H20, 0 C
OBn
MGC8 MGC9
80% (2 steps)
[00176] A solution of methylmagnesiurn bromide in ether (3.15 M, 11.6 mL,
36.7
mmol, 1.07 equiv) was added to a solution of the aldehyde MGC8 (synthesized in
2 steps
from commercially available 3-benzyloxy benzyl alcohol as reported by:
Hollinshed, S.
P.; Nichols, J. B.; Wilson, J. W. I Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 6703.) (10.0 g, 34.3
mmol, 1.0
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (90 mL) at -5 C (NaCl/ice bath). The light brown
solution was
stirred at -5 C for 60 mm, then was partitioned between saturated aqueous
ammonium
chloride solution (400 mL) and ethyl acetate (400 mL). The organic phase was
separated
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, providing a light yellow oil (10.1 g, 95% crude). The
product was used
without further purification.
[00177] Sodium bromide (846 mg, 8.22 mmol, 0.25 equiv) and 2,2,6,6-
tetramethyl-
1-piperidinyloxyl (51.0 mg, 0.329 mmol, 0.01 equiv) were added in sequence to
a
solution of the light yellow oil prepared above (10.1 g, 32.8 mmol, 1.0 equiv)
in
tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at 0 C. A freshly prepared solution of sodium
bicarbonate (690
mg, 8.22 mmol, 0.25 equiv) in commercial Clorox bleach (90 mL) was cooled to 0
C and
was added in one portion to the mixture prepared above at 0 C. The resulting
bright
yellow mixture was stirred vigorously at 0 C for 1.5 h whereupon sodium
sulfite (1.0 g)
was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 min at 23 "V, then was
partitioned
between water (400 mL) and ethyl acetate (400 mL). The organic phase was
separated
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, providing a light brown oil. The product was crystallized
from ethanol,
furnishing the ketone MGC9 as a white solid (8.08 g, 80% over 2 steps).
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
129
[00178] R10.80 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 11-INMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8
7.26-
7.48 (m, 6H, ArH), 6.98 (m, 2H, ArH), 5.19 (s,.21-1i-OCH2Ph), 2.62 (s, 3H,
C(=0)CH3);
I3C NMR (100.MHz, CDC13) 8 202.4, 155.5, 144.4, 136.3, 128.9, 128.7, 128.3,
127.2,
120.3, 115.2, 109.1, 71.3, 30.9; FTIR (neat), cm' 3065 (w), 3032 (w), 2918
(m), 1701 (s,
C=0), 1565 (m), 1426 (m), 1300 (s), 1271 (s), 1028 (m); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd
for
(C151-11302BrA-H)+ 304.0099, found 304.0105.
Epoxide MGC10:
0 H3 = C H3
Ia.. Br (CH3)2S+MCHI: rail Br
DMS0,23``C
= Bn 111)5 OBn
94%
MGC9 MGCIO
[00179] Dimethylsulfoxide (90 mL) was added dropwise via syringe to a
mixture
of solid trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (694 mg, 3.15 mmol, 1.3 equiv) and solid
sodium
hydride (60% in oil, 126 mg, 3.15 mmol, 1.3 equiv, washed with three 2-mL
portions of
n-hexane) at 23 'C. Vigorous gas evolution was observed upon addition. The
resulting
cloudy gray mixture was stirred at 23 C for 40 min, then a solution of the
ketone MGC9
(8.08 g, 26.5 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dimethylsulfoxide (30 mL) was added dropwise
via
cannula. The transfer was quantitated with a 2-mL portion of
dimethylsulfoxide. The
resulting orange mixture was stirred at 23 C for 35 h, then was partitioned
between brine
(1 L) and ether (500 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous
phase was
further extracted with one 500-mL portion of ether. The organic phases were
combined
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The product was purified by flash
column
chromatography (5:95 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the epoxide MGC10 as a
clear
oil (7.94 g, 94%).
[00180] Rf 0.90 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8
7.20-
7.52 (m, 6H, ArH), 7.10 (dd, 1H, J= 7.5, 1.2 Hz, o-ArH), 6.88 (dd, 111, J=
8.1, 1.2 Hz,
o-ArH), 5.16 (s, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.03 (d, 111, J= 4.8 Hz, CHH'OCCH3), 2.87 (d,
1H, J-
4.8 Hz, CHH'OCCH3), 1.67 (s, 31-1, COCH3); I3C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 155.0,
143.4, 136.7, 128.8, 128.4, 128.2, 127.2, 121.2, 112.8, 112.3, 71.2, 59.7,
55.9, 22.9; FTIR
(neat), cm -I 3034 (w), 2981 (w), 2925 (w), 1595 (w), 1567 (s), 1469 (s), 1423
(s), 1354
(s), 1300 (s), 1266 (s), 1028 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C161-11502Br+H)+
318.0255,
found 318.0254.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
130
Benzocyclobutenol MGC11:
cH3
cH3
1. n-BuLi, THF, -78 C
rat Br
2. MgBr2, -78 23 C .111
OH
OBn 67% (+7% cis) OBn
MOCIO MGC11
[00181] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.60 M, 8.25 mL, 13.6
mmol, 1.4
equiv) was added dropwise via syringe down the side of a reaction vessel
containing a
solution of the epoxide MGC10 (3.11 g, 934 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran
(90
mL) at -78 C. The resulting yellow solution was stirred at -78 C for 20 min
whereupon
a suspension of magnesium bromide (3.95 g, 21.4 mmol, 2.2 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran
(25 mL) was added dropwise via cannula.. The transfer was quantitated with two
2.5-mL
portions of tetrahydrofuran. The resulting cloudy mixture was stirred at -78
C for 60
mm, then the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to
warm to
23 C. The mixture became clear upon warming and was stirred at 23 C for 1 h.
The
reaction mixture was poured into aqueous Rochelle's salt solution (10% wt/wt,
1 L) and
the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 400 mL). The
organic phases
were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered
and the filtrate was concentrated, providing an off-white solid. The product
was purified
by flash column chromatography (1:9 to 2:9 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording
the trans-
benzocyclobutenol MGC11 as a white solid (1.57 g, 67%).
[00182] Rf 0.50 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IHNMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.44
(br
d, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz, ArH), 7.38 (br t, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz, ArH), 7.22-7.34 (m, 2H,
ArH), 6.82
(d, 1H, J= 8.5 Hz, o-ArH), 6.75 (d, 1H, J= 7.5 Hz, o-ArH), 5.35 (d, 1H, J=
12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 5.25 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph),), 4.71 (br d, 1H, J= 5.5 Hz,
CHOH),
3.31 (br q, 1H, J= 7.0 Hz, CHCH3), 2.21 (br d, 1H, J= 7.0 Hz, OH), 1.38 (d,
3H, J.= 7.0
Hz, CHCH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 154.0, 148.9, 137.4, 131.5, 128.5,
128.4,
127.8, 127.3, 115.2, 114.6, 77.6, 71.2, 50.6, 16.5; FTIR (neat), cm -I 3249
(m, OH), 2958
(w), 1602 (m), 1580 (s), 1453 (s), 1261 (s), 1039 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for
(C)6F11602+H) 240.1150, found 240.1154.
Benzocvclobutenol MGC12:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
131
cF13 .scH3
OE' TESOIT,%3NDcM 40.-
OH --- 23 = TES
OBn OBn
100%
MGC11 MGC12
[00183] Triethylamine (336 L, 2.41 mmol, 1.4 equiv) and triethylsilyl
trifluoromethanesulfonate (468 pi, 2.07 mmol, 1.2 equiv) were added in
sequence to a
solution of the benzocyclobutenol MGC11 (500 mg, 1.72 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
dichloromethane (10 mL) at 23 C. The light yellow solution was stirred at 23
C for 15
min, then was partitioned between water (30 mL) and dichloromethane (30 mL).
The
organic phase was separated and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried
solution
was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The
product was
purified by flash column chromatography (5:95 ethyl acetate-hexanes),
affording the
benzocyclobutenol MGC12 (609 mg, 99%) as a clear oil.
[00184] R10.85 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.48-
7.32 (m, 5H, ArH), 7.24 (m, 2H, ArH), 6.82 (d, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, o-ArH), 6.74 (d,
1H, J=
7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 5.37 (d, 1H, J= 11.2 Hz, CHH'Ph),), 5.20 (d, 1H, J= 11.2 Hz,
CHH'Ph),), 4.87 (d, 1H, J= 1.6 Hz, CHOTES), 3.45 (dq, 1H, J= 7.2, 1.6 Hz,
CHCH3),
1.42 (d, 3H, J= 7.2 Hz, CHCH3), 0.98 (t, 9H, J= 7.6 Hz, TES), 0.56 (q, 6H, J=
7.6 Hz,
TES); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 154.2, 148.8, 137.6, 131.3, 129.0, 1283,
128.1,
127.8, 115.1, 114.7, 71.7, 49.9, 16.9, 7.1, 5.2, 5.1; FTIR (neat), cm -1 2952
(w), 2923 (w),
2854 (w), 1606 (w), 1469 (w), 1371 (m), 1265 (s), 1086 (s), 1057 (s), 1048
(s); FIRMS
(ES) m/z calcd for (C22H3002Si+H)+ 354.2015, found 354.2006.
Vinyl Sulfide MGC13:
v(cH3)2 IS(CF13)2
H - 1. Pyr-1-111r3, DCM H
2 PhSH, DBU
Ist.1
DMF, 0 C Ph -
8 OBn g OBn
66% (2 steps)
DR.S6 MGC13
[00185] Solid pyridinitun hydrobromide perbromide (293 mg, 0.917 mmol, 2.5
equiv) was added to a solution of the cyclohexenone DRS5 (135 mg, 0.367 mmol,
1.0
equiv) in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 23 C. The brown solution was stirred
vigorously at
23 C for 17 h whereupon sodium sulfite (150 mg, 1.19 mmol, 3.25 equiv) was
added.
The resulting mixture was partitioned between an aqueous potassium phosphate
buffer
solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 30 mL) and dichloromethane (30 mL). The organic phase
was
separated and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered and
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
132
the filtrate was concentrated, providing a light brown foamy solid. The
product was used
immediately without further purification.
Rf 0.45 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); NMR (500 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.24 (d, 2H, J= 7.0
Hz,
o-ArH), 7.02 (t, 2H, J= 7.0 Hz, m-ArH), 6.99 (d, 1H, J= 7.0 Hz, p-ArH), 6.42
(ddd, 111,
J = 6.0, 3.5, 2.0 Hz, CH=CBr), 5.12 (d, 111, J= 12.5 Hz, CHH'Ph),), 5.03 (d,
1H, J=
12.5 Hz, CHH'Ph),), 4.00 (br s, 1H, OH), 3.25 (d, 1H, J= 11.0 Hz, CHN(C1-
13)2), 2.28-
2.22 (m, 2H, CH2CH, CH2CH), 2.16 (dd, 1H, J = 18.0, 6.0 Hz, CH2CH), 1.83 (s,
6H,
N(CH3)2); FTIR (neat), cm-' 3397 (m, OH), 3063 (m), 2943 (m), 1714 (s, C=0),
1606 (s),
1514 (s), 1477 (s), 1371 (m), 1022 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C201-
11905BrN2)+
447.0555, found 447.0545.
1001861 Benzenethiol (39.0 L, 0.378 mmol, 1.03 equiv) and 1,8-
diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene (56.0 L, 0.378 mmol, 1.03 equiv) were added in
sequence to a solution of the product prepared above (164 mg, 0.367 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in
N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) at 0 C. The resulting dark brown mixture was
stirred
vigorously at 0 C for 25 mm, then was partitioned between ethyl acetate-
hexanes (1:1,
30 mL) and an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 30
mL).
The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted
with two
15-mL portions of ethyl acetate-hexanes (1:1). The organic phases were
combined and
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the
filtrate was
concentrated, providing a brown oil. The product was purified by flash column
chromatography (15:85 to 1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes), furnishing the vinyl
sulfide
MGC13 as a white foam (116 mg, 66% over two steps).
[00187] R10.47 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 'H NMR. (500 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.34
(dd,
2H, J= 7.0, 1.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.23 (d, 2H, J= 6.5 Hz, o-ArH), 6.85-7.04 (m, 6H,
ArH),
6.27 (ddd, 1H, J= 6.0, 3.0, 1.0 Hz, CH=CSPh), 5.11 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph),
5.02 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.62 (br s, 1H, OH), 3.42 (d, 1H, J= 10.5
Hz,
CHN(CH3)2), 2.44 (ddd, 1H, J= 20.0, 5.5, 3.0 Hz, CH2CH), 2.27-2.34 (m, 2H,
CH2CH,
CH2CH), 1.87 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 188.9, 187.4, 182.5,
167.6, 145.4, 135.3, 135.2, 132.8, 132.6, 129.5, 128.6, 128.4, 128.3, 128.0,
127.8, 108.1,
80.3, 72.5, 59.8, 45.7, 41.4, 25.9; FTIR (neat), cm-1 3445 (w, OH), 3056 (w),
2943 (m),
2800 (w), 1711 (s, C=0), 1682 (s), 1600 (m), 1507 (s), 1471 (s), 1451 (m),
1333 (m),
1020 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C26H2405N2S+H)+ 477.1484, found 447.1465.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
133
Diet-Alder Addition Product MGC14 and Lactone MGC15:
H3c
N(CH3)2 ¨ _ õCH3 - H3.q. H H tj (CH3)2
lipAm* H N(CH3)2
PhS
0 , nes
;N + io.-=TES + *lee Bn= TEsd =
;r4
= = OBn OBn B = L Pi = OBn PhS
0 = H o on
TESO SPh
MGC13 MGC12 MGC14, 64 % MGC15, 9 /0
[00188] A reaction vessel containing a mixture of the vinylsulfide MGC13
(131
mg, 0.275 nunol, 1.0 equiv) and the benzocyclobutenol MGC12 (750 mg, 2.11
mmol, 7.7
equiv) was placed in an oil bath preheated to 85 C. The light yellow solution
was stirred
at 85 C for 48 h, then was allowed to cool to 23 C. The cooled mixture was
purified by
flash column chromatography (1:19 to 1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the
Diels-
Alder addition product MGC14 as an off-white foamy solid (145 mg, 64%), the
lactone
MGC15 as a clear oil (20.0 mg, 9%), and the recovered benzocyclobutenol MGC12
as a
clear oil (650 mg).
Diels-Alder Addition Product MGC14:
100189] mp 178-179 C; Rf 0.55 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1HNMR (600
MHz,
C6D6) 8 7.27 (d, 211, J = 7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 7.06-7.22 (m, 811, ArH), 6.92-6.96
(m, 3H,
ArH), 6.85 (d, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, ArH), 6.70-6.75 (m, 3H, ArH), 6.55 (d, 1H, J=
8.4 Hz, o-
ArH), 5.75 (s, 1H, CHOTES), 5.29 (hr s, 1H, OH), 5.16 (d, 111, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph),
5.10(d, 1H, J = 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.66 (d, 1H, J = 10.8 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.63
(d, 1H,
J= 10.8 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.36 (d, 1H, J= 6.6 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.02 (dq, 1H, J=
7.8,
6.0 Hz, CH3CH), 2.77 (ddd, 1H, J = 6.6, 6.0, 4.2 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.41-2.52
(m, 211,
CHCHH'CH, CH3CHCHCH2), 2.08 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.83 (ddd, 1H, J= 13.2, 4.2, 4.2
Hz, CHCHH'CH), 1.34 (d, 3H, J= 7.8 Hz, CH3CH), 0.70 (t, 9H, J= 7.8 Hz,
Si(CH2CH3)3), 0.48 (d, 6H, J = 7.8 Hz, Si(CH2CH3)3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13)
5
196.3, 186.1, 181.4, 168.3, 156.3, 143.9, 137.6, 136.6, 135.4, 130.6, 129.8,
129.3, 128.6,
128.5, 128.4, 128.2, 128.0, 127.8, 125.4, 121.1, 109.3, 108.4, 80.6, 72.4,
70.2, 66.0, 62.5,
61.7, 43.2,42.0, 38.1, 37.2, 27.4, 20.5, 6.9,4.9; FTIR (neat), cm-1 3490 (w,
OH), 3063
(w), 3023 (w), 2951 (m), 2871 (m), 1715 (s, C=0), 1602 (m), 1589 (m), 1513
(s), 1457
(s), 1366 (m), 1260 (s), 1065 (s), 1012 (s); HRMS (FAB) m/z calcd for
(C481-15407N2SSi+Na) 853.3318, found 853.3314.
Lactone MGC15:
1001901 Rf 0.55 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IFINMR (600 MHz, C6D6) 6 7.34
(d,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
134
2H, J= 7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 7.02-7.18 (m, 1111, ArH), 6.72-6.84 (m, 4H, ArH), 6.54
(d, 1H, J
= 7.8 Hz, o-ArH), 5.73 (s, 1H, CHOTES), 5.49 (d, 111, J= 6.6 Hz, (C=0)0CHC=-
4120),
5.20 (s, 2H, OCH2Ph), 4.60 (d, 1H, J= 11.4 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.57 (d, 1H, J= 11.4
Hz,
OCHH-Ph'), 3.49 (d, 1H, J= 11.4 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.23 (dq, 1H, J= 9.0, 7.2 Hz,
CH3CH), 2.49 (m, 1H, CH3CHCHCHI-1), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H, CHCHN(CH3)2,
CH3CHCHCH2), 2.16 (dd, 1H, J= 12.0, 0.6 Hz, CH3CHCHCHIV), 1.96 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2), 1.33 (d, 311, J= 7.2 Hz, CH3CH), 0.73 (t, 9H, J= 7.8 Hz,
Si(CH2CH3)3), 0.46-
0.62 (m, 6H, Si(CH2CH3)3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 196.4, 176.0, 170.0,
157.9,
156.0, 144.0, 136.6, 136.5, 135.6, 129.8, 129.7, 129.4, 128.9, 128.6, 128.4,
128.3, 128.2,
128.1, 127.8, 125.1, 121.2, 108.8, 101.9, 75.9, 72.1, 70.1, 64.7, 64.6, 62.9,
41.4, 36.7,
35.6, 27.7, 21.7, 6.9, 4.9; FTIR (neat), cm-1 3062 (w), 3033 (w), 2950 (m),
2874 (m),
1731 (s, C=0), 1599 (m), 1590 (m), 1514 (s), 1453 (s), 1365 (m), 1259 (s),
1120 (s), 1059
(s), 1010 (s); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C48H5.407N2SSi+H)+ 831.3499, found
831.3509.
Alcohol MGC16:
113C H H Y(CF43)2 Hag H H y(cH3)2
- o
0000, Et3THN-3FHF imposo
, 6 nnr, a I
Bn = I = H = 76% El = Hu = H = .13n
TESu SPh Ph
IMGCI6
MGCI4
[00191] Triethylamine trihydrofluoride (200 pL, 1.23 mmol, 8.5 equiv) was
added
to a solution of the Diels-Alder addition product MGC14 (120 mg, 0.144 mmol,
1.0
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) at 23 C. The mixture was stirred vigorously
at 23 C
for 12 h, then was partitioned between an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer
solution
(pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 30 mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic phase was
separated and
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the
filtrate was
concentrated, providing a light brown solid. The product was purified by flash
column
chromatography (1:4 to 1:1 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the alcohol MGC16
as a
colorless oil (78.3 mg, 76%).
[00192] Rf 0.20 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 111 NMR (600 MHz, C6D6) 8
7.69 (dd,
2H, J= 7.2, 0.6 Hz, o-ArH), 7.24 (d, 2H, J= 7.2 Hz, ArH), 6.92-7.06 (m, 1211,
ArH),
6.76 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 6.47 (d, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, o-ArH), 5.44 (hr s, 1H,
CHOH),
5.18 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.16 (d, 111, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.57
(d, 1H,
J= 12.6 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.52 (d, 1H, J= 12.6 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 3.44 (dq, 1H, J=
6.6,
5.4 Hz, CH3CH), 2.98 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 2.90 (m, 1H, CHCHN(CH3)2),
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
135
2.76 (br s, 1H, OH), 2.32 (m, 1H, CH3CHCHCH2), 1.94 (m, 1H, CH3CHCHCH2), 1.79
(s, 6H, N(CH3)2),--1.07 (m, 1H, CH3CHCHCH2), 0.84 (d, 3H, J= 6.6 Hz, CH3CH);
13C ¨
NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 202.5, 185.6, 179.2, 168.9, 156.9, 139.4, 139.1, 137.1,
136.5,
135.3, 130.5, 129.6, 128.8, 128.7, 128.6, 128.5, 128.4, 128.3, 127.8, 126.9,
124.7, 119.3,
110.0, 106.8, 82.3, 72.5, 69.9, 66.4, 64.2, 59.3, 43.0, 39.1, 37.8, 32.6,
25.3, 16.8; FTIR
(neat), cm-1 3435 (w, OH), 3066 (w), 2964 (w), 2933 (w), 2871 (w), 1738 (s,
C=0), 1698
(s, C=0), 1614 (m), 1583 (m), 1513 (s), 1471 (s), 1453 (s), 1369 (m), 1263
(m), 1035
(m), 1014 (m); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C421-14007N2S+H)+ 747.2634, found
717.2631.
Triketone MGC17:
H H .N(CF13)2 H3C 19(CH3)2 =
- H H
. .
7 0 iiih7dah 0
---
DIBMXSO
I iµP*1
Eln = H = = OBn 13 = =Bn
SPh 79% SPh
M
MGC16 GC17
[00193] Solid o-iodoxybenzoic acid (459 mg, 1.64 mmol, 15.0 equiv) was
added in
one portion to a solution of the alcohol MGC16 (78.3 mg, 0.109 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in
- dimethylsulfoxide (3.0 mL) at 23 C. The resulting heterogeneous mixture was
stirred for
min whereupon it became homogeneous. The reaction vessel was protected from
light
and was placed in an oil bath preheated to 35 C. The brown solution was
stirred
vigorously at 35 C for 18 h, then was partitioned between saturated aqueous
sodium
bicarbonate solution-brine-water (2:1:1, 75 mL) and ethyl acetate-ether (1:2,
35 mL).
The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted
with two
25-mL portions ethyl acetate-ether (1:2). The organic phases were combined and
dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the
filtrate was
concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The product was purified by flash column
chromatography (1:2 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the ketone MGC17 as a
yellow oil
(61.7 mg, 79%).
[00194] Rf 0.45 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IHNMR (600 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.57
(d,
2H, J= 7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 7.40 (d, 2H, J= 7.2 Hz, ArH), 7.18-7.23 (m, 3H, ArH),
6.94-
7.06 (m, 61-1, ArH), 6.76-6.84 (m, 3H, ArH), 6.59 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH),
6.53 (d, 1H, J
= 8.4 Hz, o-ArH), 5.09 (d, 1H, J= 12.6 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.96 (d, 1H, J= 12.6 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 4.77 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.72 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 4.48 (br s, 1H, OH), 4.06 (dq, 1H, J= 7.2, 3.0 Hz, CH3CH), 3.15 (d,
1H, J=
12.0 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 2.20 (ddd, 1H, J= 12.6, 5.4, 3.0 Hz, CH3CHCHCH2), 2.13
(ddd,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
136
1H, J= 12.0, 3.0, 0.6 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.81-1.88 (m, 7H, N(CH3)2,
CH3CHCHCHH"), 1.78 (ddd, 1H, J= 13.8, 5.4, 0.6 Hz, CH3CHCHCHH"), 1.01 (d,
3H,_J.
= 7.2 Hz, CH3CH); I3C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) 8 200.3, 187.5, 183.1, 167.8,
160.6,
146.4, 138.2, 137.1, 135.3, 134.3, 131.7, 129.6, 128.9, 128.6, 128.5, 128.4,
128.3, 127.7,
126.7, 121.3, 118.0, 112.8, 108.3, 82.9, 77.5, 72.4, 70.3, 58.1, 47.0,44.1,
32.4, 18.7, 18.0,
16.3; FTIR (neat), cm-I 3457 (w, OH), 3063 (w), 2939 (w), 2878 (w), 2795 (w),
1727 (s,
C=0), 1704 (s, C=0), 1667 (m, C=0), 1593 (s), 1513 (s), 1471 (s), 1453 (s),
1371 (m),
1276 (m), 1044 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C42H3807N2S+H)+ 715.2478, found
715.2483.
Peroxide MGC18:
H3g H u y(cH3)2 m-CPBA, TFA H3Cs 00H y(a-f3)2
1101 I (DCM, -78 -) 35 C
2. 02, PhH ___________________________________ Oise* ;N
Bn0 0 0 ri 0 Bn Bn0 0 0 H 0 Bn
Ph
MGC17 MGC18
1001951 A solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (1.0 M,
0.189 mL,
0.189 mmol, 2.5 equiv) and a solution of m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid in
dichloromethane
(0.5 M, 0.228 mL, 0.114 mmol, 1.5 equiv) were added in sequence to a solution
of the
sulfide MGC17 (54.2 mg, 0.0758 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL) at
¨78
C. The resulting cloudy mixture was stirred at ¨78 C for 10 min, then the ¨78
C bath
was replaced with a 0 C bath. The mixture became homogeneous upon warming.
The
solution was stirred at 0 C for 30 min, then was partitioned between an
aqueous
potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 10 mL) and dichloromethane
(10
mL). The organic phase was separated and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
The
dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a
bright yellow oil.
The oil was taken up in toluene (1 mL) and dried by azeotropic distillation at
40 C under
high vacuum. The resulting yellow oil was dissolved in chloroform (2 mL) and
the
reaction vessel was exposed to atmospheric oxygen. The mixture was allowed to
stand
until oxidation was complete as evidenced by NMR spectroscopy. The mixture was
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing the peroxide MGC18 as a
brown oil.
The product was reduced immediately to tetracycline.
[001961 The peroxide MGC18 can also be prepared by following the procedure
reported by Wasserman (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1986, 108, 4237-4238):
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
137
. ..[00197.J-. A solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (1.0
M, 24.5 pi., . .
0.0245 mmol, 2.5 equiv) and a solution of m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid in
dichloromethane (0.5 M, 29.4 L, 0.0147 nunol, 1.5 equiv) were added in
sequence to a
solution of the sulfide MGC17 (7.00 mg, 0.00979 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
dichloromethane
(0.5 mL) at ¨78 C. The resulting cloudy mixture was stirred at ¨78 C for 10
min, then
the ¨78 C bath was replaced with a 0 C bath. The mixture became homogeneous
upon
warming. The solution was stirred at 0 C for 30 min, then was partitioned
between an
aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 8 mL) and
dichloromethane
(8 mL). The organic phase was separated and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate. The
dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a
bright yellow oil.
The oil was taken up in toluene (1 mL) and dried by azeotropic distillation at
40 C under
high vacuum. The resulting yellow oil was dissolved in chloroform (2 mL) and
meso-
tetraphenylporphine (0.6 mg, 0.979 p.mol, 0.10 equiv) was added in one
portion. Oxygen
gas was bubbled through the resulting mixture under UV irradiation (200 W Hg
lamp) for
min. The mixture was concentrated to 0.5 mL and was diluted with methanol (5
mL)
resulting in precipitation of meso-tetraphenylporphine. The resulting mixture
was filtered
and the filtrate was concentrated, providing the peroxide MGC18 a light yellow
solid.
1001981 Rf 0.10 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); NMR (500 MHz, C6D6, keto
tautomer reported) 8 8.95 (br s, 1H, 00H), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz, o-ArH),
7.28 (d, 2H,
J = 7.0 Hz, ArH), 6.96-7.16 (m, 8H, ArH), 6.53 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz, ArH), 5.14
(d, 1H, J
= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.03 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.83 (d, 1H, J= 12.5
Hz,
OCHH'Ph'), 4.74 (d, 1H, J = 12.5 Hz, OCHH=Ph'), 4.60 (br s, 1H, OH), 3.54 (d,
1H, J=
11.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.12 (dd, 11-1, J= 18.0, 0.5 Hz, CHCHWCH), 2.82 (dd,
1H, J
= 18.0, 4.5 Hz, CHCHH-CH), 2.44 (ddd, 1H, J = 11.0, 4.5, 0.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2),
1.86
(s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.01 (s, 3H, CH3); I3C NlVIR (100 MHz, C6D6, enol and keto
tautomers
reported) 8 194.4, 188.6, 187.8, 187.2, 182.3, 178.4, 171.9, 167.7, 165.6,
159.5, 158.4,
147.9, 145.9, 137.0, 136.8, 136.6, 135.4, 135.3, 134.5, 134.3, 133.5, 133.4,
133.1, 132.9,
131.0, 130.8, 130.2, 129.9, 129.7, 129.2, 128.9, 126.8, 126.7, 124.5, 124.3,
122.2, 118.6,
116.9, 116.5, 113.4, 113.3, 113.2, 108.2, 107.9, 103.3, 83.7, 81.7, 80.1,
79.1, 72.4, 70.7,
70.4, 63.9, 59.1, 46.1, 44.9, 41.4, 40.8, 31.5, 30.0, 26.8, 22.9, 21.4; FTIR
(neat film), cm-I
3035 (w), 2946 (w), 1907 (w), 1731 (s, C=0), 1410 (s), 1379 (m), 1235 (m),
1170 (m),
1136 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C36H3209N2+H)+ 637.2186, found 637.2190.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
138
. - . (¨)Tetracycline (MGC29): . .
HA 00H H tl.(CH3)2 H3q,. OH ti(CH3)2
- 7
H2, Pd black 0-1
_______________________________________________ immos
dioxane NH2
Brt= = = ri = OBn (44% from the HO 0 HO0 0
614
ketone MGC17)
MGC18 (¨)-tetracycline
1001991 Pd black (14.1 mg, 0.133 mmol, 1.75 equiv) was added in one
portion to a
solution of the peroxide MGC18 (48.2 mg, 0.0758 nunol, 1.0 equiv) in dioxane
(3 mL) at
23 C. An atmosphere of hydrogen was introduced by briefly evacuating the
flask, then
flushing with pure hydrogen (1 atm). The Pd catalyst was initially present as
a fine
dispersion, but aggregated into clumps within 5 mm. The yellow heterogeneous
mixture
was stirred at 23 C for 2 h, then was filtered through a plug of cotton. The
filtrate was
concentrated, affording a yellow solid. The product was purified by
preparatory HPLC
on a Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column (101.1M, 250 x 10 mm, flow rate 4.0
mL/min,
Solvent A: methanol-0.005 N aq. HCI (1:4), Solvent B: acetonitrile) using an
injection
volume of solvent A (500 !IL) containing oxalic acid (10 mg) and an isochratic
elution of
5% B for 2 min, then a gradient elution of 5-50% B for 20 min. The peak
eluting at 11-16
min was collected and concentrated, affording (¨)-tetracycline hydrochloride
as a yellow
powder (16.0 mg, 44% from triketone MGC17), which was identical with natural
(¨)-
tetracycline hydrochloride in all respects.
[00200] IHNMR (600 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 7.50 (dd, 1H, J' 8.4,
7.8
Hz, ArH), 7.13 (d, 111, J = 7.8 Hz, ArH), 6.91 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz, ArH), 4.03
(s, 1H,
CHN(CH3)2), 2.96-3.04 (m, 7H, HOC(CH3)CH, N(CH3)2), 2.91 (br dd, 1H, J= 12.6,
2.4
Hz, (CH3)2NCHCH), 2.18 (ddd, 1H, J = 12.6, 6.0, 2.4 Hz, CHCHH'CH), 1.90 (ddd,
IH, J
= 12.6, 12.6, 12.0 Hz, CHCHTUCH), 1.60 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CD30D)
8
195.4, 174.5, 163.8, 148.3, 137.8, 118.7, 116.4, 116.0, 107.5, 96.5, 74.7,
71.2, 70.1, 43.5,
43.0, 35.9, 27.8, 22.9; UV max (0.1 N HC1), nm 217, 269, 356; [43 = ¨2510 (c =
0.12 in
0.1 M HC1); lit. (The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals, Drugs, and
Biologicals, 12th ed. Budavari, S.; O'Neal, M. J.; Smith, A.; Heckelman, P.
E.; Kinneary,
J. F., Eds.; Merck & Co.: Whitehouse Station, NJ, 1996; entry 9337.) UV max
(0.1 N
HC1), rim 220, 268, 355; [a]p = ¨257.9 (c = 0.5 in 0.1 M HC1); HRMS (ES) m/z
calcd
for (C22H2408N2+H)+ 445.1611, found 445.1608.
Example 2-Synthesis of (-)-Doxycycline
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
139
Allylic Bromide MGC19:
m3)
cH, N(c}-13)2
- H - - H ;
;14 CCHBCr4:233P C /'N
Ho, z Br A
-1-Bse = Bn
90% TBse5 OBn
MGC6 MGC19
1002011 Triphenylphosphine (297 mg, 1.13 mmol, 3.5 equiv) and carbon =
tetrabromide (376 mg, 1.13 mmol, 3.5 equiv) were added in sequence to a
solution of the
allylic alcohol MGC6 (162 mg, 0.324 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL)
at 0 C.
The resulting brown suspension was stirred at 0 C for 10 min, then the
cooling bath was
removed. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 C and stirring was continued
at that
temperature for 10 mm. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50
mL) and
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (40 mL). The organic phase was
separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with an additional 50 mL-
portion
of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous
sodium
sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated,
providing a
brown oily solid. The product was purified by flash column chromatography (1:9
to 2:8
ethyl acetate-hexanes), yielding the allylic bromide MGC19 (164 mg, 90%) as a
white
solid.
[002021 Rf 0.30 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes);IH NMR (500 MHz, C6D6) 5
7.30 (d,
2H, J= 7.0, o-ArH), 7.06 (dd, 2H, J= 7.0, 6.0 Hz, m-ArH), 7.01 (d, 1H, J= 6.0,
p-ArH),
5.75 (dd, 1H, J= 10.5, 2.5 Hz, =CHCHBr), 5.71 (m, 1H, CH=CHCHBr), 5.17 (d, 1H,
J=
11.5 Hz, OCHH-Ph), 5.07 (d, 1H, J= 11.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.69 (m, 1H, =CHCHBr),
4.43 (hr s, 1H, OH), 4.24 (d, 1H,1= 7.0 Hz, CHOTBS), 3.57(d, 1H, J= 10.0 Hz,
CHN(CH3)2), 2.69 (ddd, 1H, J= 10.0, 4.5, 0.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.92 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2), 0.99 (s, 9H, SiC(CH3)3), 0.22 (s, 3H, SiCH3), ¨0.02 (s, 3H, SiCH3);
NMR
(125 MHz, C6D6) 5 189.3, 181.3, 167.8, 135.2, 129.5, 128.6, 128.6, 128.5,
128.2, 127.6,
107.3, 80.8, 76.9, 72.4, 64.8, 54.6, 46.3, 41.5, 26.2, 18.4, ¨2.9, ¨4.2; FTIR
(neat), cm -I
3499 (m, OH), 2930 (m), 2856 (m), 2799 (w), 1704 (s, CO), 1605 (s), 1514 (s),
1471 (s),
1362 (s), 1255 (s), 1144 (s), 1053 (s); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for
(C26H35BrN205Si-1-H)+
563.1577, found 563.1575.
Allylic Sulfide MGC20:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
140
I41(cH3)2 ri(c1-13)2
7 0
a di ;N PhcSH,cNEt3N
IF I iµN
Br 1F-17111" A411
TBSO7 o Bn 97% msd = OBn
MGC1 9 MGC20
[00203] Triethylamine (0.229 mL, 1.64 mmol, 1.3 equiv) and benzenethiol
(0.150
mL, 1.45 mmol, 1.15 equiv) were added in sequence to a solution of the allylic
bromide
MGC19 (712 mg, 1.26 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile (17 mL) at 0 C. The
mixture
was stirred at 0 C for 20 min, then the cooling bath was removed. The
reaction mixture
was allowed to warm to 23 C and stirring was continued at that temperature
for 10 min.
The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and an
aqueous
potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 100 mL). The organic phase
was
separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with an additional 30-mL
portion
of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous
sodium
sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated,
furnishing a
clear oil. The product was purified by flash column chromatography (0.01:2:8
to 0.013:7
triethylamine-ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the allylic sulfide MGC20 as a
white
foamy solid (728 mg, 97%).
[00204] Rf 0.65 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (400 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.35
(d,
2H, J= 7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 7.19 (m, 2H, o-ArH), 6.95 (m, 3H,p,m-ArH), 6.89 (m, 2H,
p,m-
ArH), 6.83 (d, 1H, J= 7.2 Hz, p-ArH), 5.51 (m,. 1H, CH=CHCHSPh), 5.12 (m, 2H,
CHOTBS, OCHH'Ph), 5.05 (d, 1H, J= 12.4 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.73 (dt, 1H, J= 10.0,
2.0
Hz, CH=CHCHSPh), 4.38 (m, 11-1, CH=CHCHSPh), 3.47 (m, 111, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.92
(d, 1H, J= 2.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.75 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.14 (s, 9H,
SiC(CH3)3), 0.35
(s, 3H, SiCH3), 0.31 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (125 MHz, C6D6) 8 189.9, 177.0,
168.9,
136.7, 135.2, 131.3, 130.3, 129.2, 128.5, 128.4, 128.3, 126.2, 124.0, 106.2,
79.2, 72.4,
71.7, 63.2,49.8, 43.4, 39.0, 26.6, 19.1, ¨2.9, ¨4.5; FTIR (neat), cm -1 3310
(m, OH), 2927
(M), 2854 (m), 2792 (w), 1697 (s, C=0), 1621 (s), 1505 (s), 1470 (s), 1365
(s), 1254 (s),
1145 (s), 1089 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C321-14oN205SSi+H)+ 593.2505,
found
593.2509.
Lower Rf Sulfoxide MGC21:
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
141
Ein3
c.i
_ ti(CH3)2 N(CF13)2
0 co= ",74 /0.
;N ;14
PhS`'. . A DCM :
TBS8 = Bn Ph TBsd Pi 61 = Bn
MGC20 MGC21 (*lower Rf diast)
[00205] (¨)-[(8,8)-(Dichlorocamphoryl)sunfonyl]oxaziridine
(118 mg, 0.395 mmol,
1.5 equiv) was added to a solution of the allylic sulfide MGC20 (156 mg, 0.263
mmol,
1.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at 23 C. The mixture was stirred at 23
C for 20
h, then was concentrated, providing a light brown solid. The product was
purified by
flash column chromatography (0.001:2:8 to 0.001:3:7 triethylamine-ethyl
acetate-
hexanes), affording the lower Rf allylic sulfoxde MGC21 as a white solid (165
mg, 99%).
[00206] R10.18 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IH NMR (400 MHz,
C6D6) 8 7.43 (dd,
2H, J= 8.0, 1.5 Hz, o-ArH), 7.16 (m, 2H, o-ArH), 6.92 (m, 611, p,m-ArH), 5.43
(m, 1H,
CH=CHCHS(0)Ph), 5.33 (d, 1H, J= 5.0 Hz, CHOTBS), 5.09 (d, 1H, J¨ 11.5 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 5.02 (m, 2H, CH=CHCHS(0)Ph,.00HH"Ph), 3.73 (m, 1H,
CH=CHCHS(0)Ph), 3.41 (m, 1H, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.85 (d, 1H, J= 2.5 Hz,
CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.70 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.12 (s, 9H, SiC(CH3)3), 0.39 (s, 3H,
SiCH3),
0.36 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (125 MHz, C6D6) 8 189.5, 176.9, 168.8, 145.5,
135.2,
130.2, 129.9, 129.0, 128.5, 128.4, 128.3, 127.8, 124.3, 122.9, 106.1, 79.3,
72.4, 70.6,
67.8, 63.1, 43.4, 38.5, 26.6, 19.2, ¨2.6, ¨4.7; FTIR (neat), cm -1 3310 (m,
OH), 2927 (m),
2854 (m), 2792 (w), 1697 (s, C=0), 1621 (s), 1505 (s), 1470 (s), 1365 (s),
1254 (s), 1145
(s), 1089 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C321140N206SSi+H)+ 609.2455, found
609.2452.
Rearranged Allylic Alcohol MGC22:
wcH 3)2
H HO H ti(CH3)2
- -
(CH30)3P
0µ,...occtm *4
. CH3OH, 70 C 6 5
U Bn TBses g= =Bn
TBSv H 76% (2 steps)
MGC21 (*lower Rf clutst) MGC22
[00207] Trimethylphosphite (0.620 mL, 5.26 mmol, 20.0 equiv)
was added to a
solution of the lower Rf allylic sulfoxide MGC21 (160 mg, 0.263 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in
methanol (5 mL) at 23 'C. The solution was placed in an oil bath preheated to
65 C and
was stirred at that temperature for 36 h. The solution was concentrated,
providing a light
yellow oil. The product was purified by flash column chromatography (0.001:1:9
to
0.001:2:8 triethylamine-ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the allylic alcohol
MGC22 as a
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
142
white solid (100 mg, 76%).
R10.40 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IHNIVIR (500 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.30 (d, 2H, J=
7.0 Hz,
o-ArH), 7.06 (dd, 2H, J= 7.5, 7.0 Hz, m-ArH), 7.00 (d, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz, p-ArH),
5.85 (m,
1H, =CHCHOH), 5.42 (br d, 1H, J = 10.5 Hz, =CHCHOTBS), 5.16 (d, 1H, J = 12.5
Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 5.06 (d, 1H, J = 12.5 Hz, OCHIUPh), 4.44 (m, 1H, =CHCHOH), 4.31 (br
s,
1H, OH), 4.07 (br s, 1H, =CHCHOTBS), 3.34 (br s, 1H, OH), 3.33 (d, 1H, J =
11.5 Hz,
CHCHN(C113)2), 2.75 (br d, 1H, J = 11.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.03 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2),
0.89 (s, 9H, SiC(CH3)3), ¨0.11 (s, 3H, SiCH3), ¨0.13 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C N1VIR
(100
MHz, C6D6) 8 189.7, 182.2, 167.7, 135.2, 129.2, 128.8, 128.3, 128.2, 106.6,
78.6, 71.9,
68.1, 64.1, 59.6, 48.8, 41.2, 25.5, 17.8, ¨5.2, ¨5.6; FTIR (neat), cm' 3515
(m, OH), 2917
(m), 2852 (m), 1708 (s, C=0), 1601 (s), 1511 (s), 1471 (m), 1369(m), 1254(m),
1100
(m), 1022 (m); HRMS (ES) rrz/z ealed for (C26H36N206Si+H)+ 501.2421, found
501.2424.
Benzyl Carbonate MGC23:
HO H bt(OH3)2 BnO2CQ N(CH3)2
- -
-
0,,,N BnO2CC1, DMA P
1111101
TBS8 = Bri TB wi = =Fin
MGC22 MGC23
[00208] Benzyl chloroformate (120 AL, 0.841 mmol, 2.95 equiv) and 4-
(dimethylamino)pyridine (104 mg, 0.852 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added in sequence
to a
solution of the allylic alcohol MGC22 (142 mg, 0.284 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
dichloromethane (3 mL) at 23 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 C for
2 h, then
was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate
solution (50 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was
further
extracted with an additional 30-ML portion of ethyl acetate. The organic
phases were
combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered and
the filtrate was concentrated, providing a clear oil (180 mg, 99%). The
product was used
in the next step without further purification. An analytical sample was
prepared by
purification of the crude reaction mixture by flash column chromatography
(0.001:2:8 to
0.001:3:7 triethylamine-ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the benzyl carbonate
MGC23
as a white solid.
[00209] R10.60 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IFINMR (500 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.26
(d,
2H, J = 7.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.02 (m, 8H, ArH), 5.75 (br dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 3.0 Hz,
=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.70 (br dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 2.5 Hz, =CHCHOTBS), 5.37 (m, 1H,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
143
=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.10(d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.06 (d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 4.91 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph".), 4.88 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, .
OCHH'Ph'), 4.41 (m, 1H, =CHCHOTBS), 3.38 (d, 1H, J= 7.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2),
3.11 (m, 1H, CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.92 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 0.92 (s, 9H, SiC(CH3)3),
0.02 (s,
3H, SiCH3), ¨0.02 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, C6D6) 5 188.9, 179.9,
168.3,
155.2, 135.6, 135.4, 133.2, 128.6, 128.5, 128.4, 128.3, 127.7, 124.9, 107.0,
77.3, 72.2,
71.6, 69.6, 66.6, 60.3, 44.4, 42.2, 25.9, 18.2, ¨4.8, ¨4.8; FTIR (neat), cm'
3532 (w, OH),
2948 (m), 2842 (m), 1738 (s, C=0), 1708 (s, C=0), 1608 (s), 1512 (s), 1471
(m), 1383
(m), 1258 (s), 1101(m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C34H42N208Si+H)+ 635.2789,
found
635.2786.
Diol MGC24:
Bn 0200 H ERG H3)2 BnO2C0 H N(0-13)2
- -
TBAF, HOA c
THF Silo 01,N
TBS8 ti .13n 92% (2 steps) Ha3r1
MGC23 MGC24
[00210] Acetic acid (40.0 p.L, 0.709 mmol, 2.5 equiv) and a solution of
tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 M, 0.709 mL, 0.709 mmol,
2.5
equiv) were added in sequence to a solution of the benzyl carbonate MGC23 (180
mg,
0.284 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) at 23 C. The resulting
yellow solution
was stirred at 23 C for 4 h, then was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50
mL) and an
aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 50 mL). The
organic phase
was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with two 20-mL
portions of
ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous
sodium
sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated,
providing a
brown oil. The product was purified by flash column chromatography (2:8 to 1:1
ethyl
acetate-hexanes), affording the diol MGC24 as a white solid (135 mg, 92% over
2 steps).
[00211] R10.15 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, C6D6) 5 7.24
(d,
2H, J= 7.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.02 (m, 8H, ArH), 5.68 (br dd, 1H, J= 10.5, 2.5 Hz,
=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.63 (br dd, 1H, J= 10.5, 3.0 Hz, =CHCHOH), 5.26 (m, 1H,
=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.09 (d, IH, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.05 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 4.89 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.86 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph'), 4.16 (m, 1H, =CHCHOH), 3.24 (d, 1H, J= 6.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.94
(m, 1H, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.25 (br s, 1H, OH), 1.82 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2); 13C NMR (100
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
144
MHz, CDC13) 5 168.1, 154.8, 135.1, 134.9, 132.2, 128.9, 128.9, 128.8, 128.7,
128.6,
126.4, 106.7, 76.6, 72.9, 71.3, 70.3, 64.9, 60-.3; 44.4, 43.3; FTIR (neat), cm
-I 3468 (m,
OH), 3034 (w), 2949 (m), 2798 (m), 1738 (s, C=0), 1705 (s, C=0), 1606 (s),
1513 (s),
1475 (m), 1379 (m), 1261 (s), 1022 (m); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C281-
128N208+H)
521.1929, found 521.1926.
Cyclohexenone MGC25:
BnO2C0 H tj(CH3)2 BnO2C9 H N(C1-13/2
;N DMSO 0/,N
Hi-5 :9 1
' LL OBn
MGC24 MGC25
1002121 Solid o-iodoxybenzoic acid (79.0 mg, 0.281 mmol, 6.5 equiv) was
added
in one portion to a solution of the diol MGC24 (22.5 mg, 0.0433 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in
- dimethylsulfoxide (0.7 mL) at 23 C. The reaction mixture was initially
heterogeneous,
but became homogeneous within 5 min. The brown reaction mixture was protected
from
light and was stirred vigorously at 23 C for 12 h. The resulting orange
reaction mixture
was partitioned between ether (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The organic phase was
separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with two 10 mL-portions
ether.
The organic phases were combined and washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate solution (8 mL, containing 30 mg of sodium bisulfite) and brine
(10 mL).
The washed solution was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The
filtrate
was concentrated, yielding the cyclohexenone MGC25 as a white oily solid (22.2
mg,
99%).
1002131 Rf 0.33 (2:3 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IHNMR (400 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.22
(d,
2H, J= 6.8 Hz, o-ArH), 6.99 (m, 8H, ArH), 6.12 (ddd, 1H, J= 10.4, 4.0, 1.2 Hz,
CH=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.74 (dd, 1H, J= 10.4, 1_2 Hz, CH=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.41 (ddd,
1H, J= 4.0, 1.2, 1.2 Hz, CH=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.18 (br s, 1H, OH), 5.08 (d, 1H, J=
12.0
Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.01 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.89 (d, 1H, J= 12.4 Hz,
OCHH'Ph'), 4.83 (d, 1H, J= 12.4 Hz, OCHH'Ph"), 3.28 (d, I H, J= 8.4 Hz,
CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.85 (ddd, 1H, J= 8.4, 4.0, 1.2 Hz, CHCIEN(CH3)2), 1.92 (s, 6H,
N(CH3)2); I3C NMR (100 MHz, C6D6) 8 192.3, 186.2, 180.5, 167.8, 154.8, 141.8,
135.3,
135.2, 129.9, 128.6, 128.6, 128.5, 128.4, 127.8, 107.7, 78.9, 72.5, 69.9,
59.9, 48.4, 41.9;
-1
FTIR (neat), cm 3442 (m, OH), 3030(w), 2948 (m), 2793 (m), 1742 (s, C=-0),
1711 (s,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
145
C=0), 1608 (s), 1510 (s), 1448 (m), 1376 (m), 1258 (s), 1056 (m); HRMS (ES)
m/z calcd
_ for (C28H26N208+H)+ 519.1767, found-519.1773.
Silyl-Cyclohexenone MGC26:
Bn0200 H N(CH 3)2 BrtO2C 0 (I( (CH3)2
- H
- = O.
s TBSOIT, Et3N = I isl
THF, 0 C I.. I CI;N
/
I @Be 0 0 Bn
93% (2 steps)
M GC25 OTBSMGC26
[00214] Triethylamine (172 1.õ 1.24 mmol, 3.5 equiv) and tert-
butyldimethylsilyl
trifluoromethanesulfonate (243 AL, 1.06 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added in
sequence to a
solution of the cyclohexenone MGC25 (183 mg, 0.353 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for
40 min, then
was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and an aqueous potassium
phosphate
buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 50 mL). The organic phase was separated and
the
aqueous phase was further extracted with a 25-mL portion of ethyl acetate. The
organic
phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried
solution was
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a yellow oily solid. The
product was
purified by flash column chromatography (1:9 to 2:8 ethyl acetate-hexanes),
affording the
silyl-cyclohexenone MGC26 as a clear oil (207 mg, 93%).
[00215] R10.50 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 11INMR (400 MHz, C6D6) 8 7.21
(dd,
2H, J=7.5, 1.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.15 (d, 2H, J= 8.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.05 (t, 2H, J= 8.0
Hz, m-
ArH), 6.98 (m, 4H, m,p-ArH), 6.30 (ddd, 1H, J= 10.5, 5.0, 2.0 Hz,
CH=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.68 (dd, 1H, J= 10.5, 1.0 Hz, CH=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.65 (br d,
1H, J= 5.0 Hz, CH=CHCHOCO2Bn), 5.10 (d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.01 (d, 1H,
J= 12.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.95 (d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.82 (d, 1H, J= 12.5
Hz,
OCHHTh'), 3.11 (d, 1H, J= 11.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.94 (br d, 1H, J= 11.0 Hz,
CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.96 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.08 (s, 9H, SiC(CH3)3), 0.59 (s, 3H,
SiCH3),
0.29 (s, 3H, SiCH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, C6D6) 8 193.3, 186.7, 180.3, 167.8,
154_9,
140.9, 135.6, 135.3, 129.9, 128.6, 128.5, 128.5, 128.4, 128.0, 127.8, 108.6,
.82.4, 72.4,
69.6, 69.3, 59.7, 50.2, 41.4, 26.5, 19.6, ¨1.9, ¨3.4; FTIR (neat), cm -1 2930
(m), 2855 (m),
1745 (s, C=0), 1722 (s, C=0), 1691 (m), 1613 (m), 1513 (s), 1473 (m), 1455
(m), 1378
(m), 1264 (s), 1231 (s), 1046 (m); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C341-140N208+H)+
633.2632,
found 633.2620.
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
146
Michael-Dieckmann Addition Product MGC27:
_ )\--0Bn
H30 QN(CF13)2
B 7 tl ti 7 0
I LDA, TMEDA, THF, -78 C
IP
0 Ph 2. -78 -* 0 `C 0.1400 I ;14
BnO2C9 ti(CH3)2 = n
Boc0 80c0 0 HO 0
CD1,4-280 01 6-res
MGC27
I ; OBn
= = =
6TBS
MGC26
80%
[00216] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.55 M, 155 L, 0.241
mmol, 5.1
equiv) was added to a solution of N,N,AP,N'-tetramethylethylenediamine (39.0
L, 0.261
mmol, 5.5 equiv) and diisopropyl amine (34.0 L, 0.249 mmol, 5.25 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) at -78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously
at -78 C
for 30 min whereupon a solution of the ester CDL-I-280 (73.0 mg, 0.213 mmol,
4.5
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added dropwise via cannula. The resulting
deep red
mixture was stirred vigorously at -78 C for 75 min, then a solution of the
silyl-
cyclohexenone MGC26 (30.0 mg, 0.0474 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (1
mL)
was added dropwise via cannula. The resulting light red mixture was allowed to
warm
slowly to 0 C over 2 h, then was partitioned between an aqueous potassium
phosphate
buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 10 mL) and dichloromethane (10 mL). The
organic phase
was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with two 10-mL
portions of
dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous
sodium
sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated,
providing a
yellow oil. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Coulter
Ultrasphere
ODS column (10 LIM, 250 x 10 mm, flow rate 3.5 mL/min, Solvent A: methanol,
Solvent
B: water) using an injection volume of 400 L (methanol) and an isochratic
elution of
10% B for 75 min. The peak eluting at 36-42 min was collected and
concentrated,
affording the Michael-Dieckmann addition product MGC27 (33.0 mg, 80%) as a
light
yellow solid.
[00217] Rf 0.35 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); NMR (500 MHz, C6D6) 8 16.55
(br
s, 1H, enol), 7.26 (d, 2H, J= 7.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.14 (d, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz, Aril),
6.85-7.05
(m, 6H, ArH), 6.66-6.74 (m, 2H, ArH), 6.51 (dd, 1H, J= 9.0, 1.5 Hz, ArH), 5.73
(br d,
1H, J = 4.0 Hz, BnOCO2CH), 5.17 (d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.03 (d, 1H, J =
12.5
Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.99 (d, 1H, J = 12.5 Hz, OCHH"Ph"), 4.93 (d, 1H, J = 12.5 Hz,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
147
OCHH'Ph"), 3.58 (d, 1H, J. 11.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.35 (dd, 111, J= 12.5, 4.0
Hz,
CH3CHCH), 2.99 (d, 1H, J¨= 11.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.56 (dq, 1H, J= 12.5, 7.0
Hz,
CH3CH), 2.18 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.33 (s, 9H, C(C113)3), 1.16 (d, 3H, J= 7.0 Hz,
CH3CH),
1.11 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.61 (s, 3H, CH3), 0.36 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz,
CDC13)
189.7, 186.3, 180.9, 178.4, 167.9, 154.7, 152.1, 150.8, 145.9, 136.1, 135.5,
133.9,
128.7, 128.6, 128.5, 127.3, 123.8, 122.7, 122.6, 108.9, 105.5, 83.0, 82.9,
74.8, 72.4, 69.2,
60.8, 52.7, 43.2, 38.4, 27.5, 26.6, 19.5, 16.3, ¨1.8, ¨2.7; FTIR (neat film),
cm-1 2974 (w),
2933 (w), 2851 (w), 1760 (s, C=0), 1748 (s, C=0), 1723 (s, C=0), 1606 (m),
1513 (m),
1471 (m), 1370 (m). 1260 (s), 1232 (s), 1148 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for
(C48H56012N2Si) 881.3681, found 881.3684.
Initial Deprotection of Michael-Diecicmann Addition Product MGC28:
0)-0Bn
H3C HQ Fl3Q g tI N(CH3)2
ti T
7 7 1- FEF CH3 CN
)N 10 0-10:01 C./sN
Boc0 = HO = Br' 99% HO = HO 5H = OBri
OTBS
MGC27 MGC28
[00218] Hydrofluoric acid (1.2 mL, 48% aqueous) was added to a
polypropylene
reaction vessel containing a solution of the Michael-Diecicmann addition
product MGC27
(33.0 mg, 0.0375 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile (7.0 mL) at 23 'C. The
resulting
mixture was stirred vigorously at 23 C for 60 h, then was poured into water
(50 mL)
containing K2HPO4 (7.0 g). The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (3 x
20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate.
The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, furnishing
the
pentacyclic phenol MGC28 as a yellow oil (25.0 mg, 99%). The product was used
in the
next step without further purification.
[00219] R10.05 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (600 MHz, C6D6, crude)
5
14.86 (br s, 1H, enol), 11.95 (s, I H, phenol), 7.23 (d, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz, o-
ArH), 7.14 (d, 2H,
J= 7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 6.94-7.02 (m, 6H, ArH), 6.86 (t, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 6.76
(d, 1H, J
= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 6.28 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 5.46 (dd, 1H, J= 3.6, 3.0 Hz,
BnOCO2CH), 5.12 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH"Ph), 5.04 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 4.92 (s, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.41 (d, 1H, J= 9:6 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.82
(dd,
1H, J= 9.6, 3.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.65 (dd, 1H, J= 13.2, 3.6 Hz, CH3CHCH),
2.78
(dq, 1H, J= 13.2, 7.2 Hz, CH3CH), 2.05 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.04 (d, 3H, J= 7.2
Hz,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
148
CH3CH); I3C NMR (100 MHz, C6D6, crude) 8 193.4, 186.2, 181.3, 172.3, 167.9,
163.3,
- 154.6, 145.8, 136.6, 135.8, 128.6, 128.4, 127.2, 116.8,.116.0, 115.6,
107.6, 104.7, 76.8,
73.9, 72.5, 69.5, 60.3, 48.7, 43.0, 41.8, 37.5, 15.3; FTIR (neat film), cm-I
3424 (m, OH),
3059, 3030, 2925, 2857, 1744 (s, C=0), 1713 (s, C=0), 1614 (s), 1582 (s), 1455
(s), 1252
(s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C3711340p3N2-FH)+ 667.2292, found 667.2300.
(¨)-Doxvcycline (MGC30):
0)_08,
OH
H3Q 9 ti ti(cH3)2
H3C '11*N(CH3)2
r =
;N H2, Pd black
THF-CH3OH 400416 NH2
=
HO 0 HO H 0 OBn 90% HO 0 HO H 0 0
MGC28 (¨)-doxycyc line
[00220] Pd black (7.00 mg, 0.0657 mmol, 1.75 equiv) was added in one
portion to
a solution of the pentacyclic phenol MGC28 (25.0 mg, 0.0375 rrunol, 1.0 equiv)
in
tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1, 2.0 mL) at 23 C. An atmosphere of hydrogen was
= introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with pure
hydrogen (1 atm). The
Pd catalyst was initially present as a fine dispersion, but aggregated into
clumps within 5
min. The yellow heterogeneous mixture was stirred at 23 C for 2 h, then was
filtered
through a plug of cotton. The filtrate was concentrated, affording a yellow
oil (>95%
doxycycline based on IH NMR analysis). The product was purified by preparatory
HPLC
on a Phenomenex Polymer( DVB column (10 p.M, 250 x 10 mm, flow rate 4.0
mL/min,
Solvent A: methanol-0.005 N aq. HC1 (1:4), Solvent B: acetonitrile) using an
injection
volume of solvent A (400 L) containing oxalic acid (10 mg) and an isochratic
elution of
5% B for 2 min, then a gradient elution of 5-50% B for 20 min. The peak
eluting at 12-17
min was collected and concentrated, affording (¨)-doxycycline hydrochloride as
a yellow
powder (16.2 mg, 90%), which was identical with natural (¨)-doxycycline
hydrochloride
in all respects.
1002211 NMR (600 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 7.47 (t, 1H, J= 8.4
Hz,
ArH), 6.93 (d, 111, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 6.83 (d, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 4.40 (s,
1H,
(CH3)2NCH), 3.53 (dd, 1H, J= 12.0, 8.4 Hz, CHOH), 2.95 (s, 3H, N(CH3)CH3"),
2.88 (s,
3H, N(CH3)CH3"), 2.80 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.74 (dq, 1H, J= 12.6,
6.6
Hz, CH3CH), 2.58 (dd, 1H, J= 12.6, 8.4 Hz, CH3CHCH), 1.55 (d, 3H, J= 6.6 Hz,
CH3CHCH); I3C NMR (100 MHz, CD30D) 8 195_3, 188.2, 173.8, 172.1, 163.2, 149.0,
137.7, 117.1, 116.9, 116.6, 108.4, 96.0, 74.5, 69.8, 66.9, 47.5, 43.4, 43.0,
41.9, 40.0, 16.3;
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
149
UV max (0.01 N methanolic HC1), nm 218, 267, 350; [aJD = -109 (c = 0.16 in
0.01 M
methanolic HC1);-lit. (The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals, Drugs,
and - --
Biologicals, 12th ed. Budavari, S.; O'Neal, M. J.; Smith, A.; Heckelman, P.
E.; Kinneary,
J. F., Eds.; Merck & Co.: Whitehouse Station, NJ, 1996; entry 3496.) UV max
(0.01 N
methanolic HC1), nm 267, 351; [ock = -110 (c = 1 in 0.01 M methanolic HC1);
HRMS
(ES) m/z calcd for (C22H2408N2+H)+ 445.1611, found 445.1603.
Example 3-Synthesis of 6-Deoxytetracycline
Ester CDL-I-280:
1. sec-BuLi, TMEDA,. (1101 Et 1. (C0C1)2, DMF (cat.),
110 THF, -90 C CH2Cl2
_ Et
CO2H 2. Etl, -78 C -* 23 C CO2H 2. phenol, DMAP, CO2Ph
pyridine
OMe OMe OMe
anisic acid 50% from anisic acid
CDL-I-279 CDL-1-280.
[002221 A
solution of sec-butyllithium in cyclohexane (1.40 M, 24.0 mL, 33.6
mmol, 2.6 equiv) was added to a solution of N,N,NcAr-
tetramethylethylenediamine (4.9
mL, 33 mmol, 2.5 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) at -78 C. The resulting
yellow
solution was cooled to -90 C (internal temperature) in a liquid nitrogen-
ethanol bath. A
solution of o-anisic acid (2.00 g, 13.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran
(10 mL) was
added dropwise via cannula over a period of 30 min to the yellow solution. The
resulting
orange suspension was stirred for an additional 30 min at -90 C, then was
allowed to
warm to -78 C over 15 min, whereupon iodoethane (4.2 mL, 52 mmol, 4.0 equiv)
was
added. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 C over 15 min, then was
partitioned
between water (50 mL) and ether (50 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and
diluted
with aqueous hydrochloric acid (1.0 M, 100 mL). The resulting mixture was
extracted
with ethyl acetate (4 x 80 mL). The organic layers were combined and then
dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated, providing a brown oil (1.8 g). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) analysis
of the
crude product showed an 8:2 ratio of the carboxylic acid CDL-1-279 (8 3.89,
OCH3) and
unreacted anisic acid (8 4.07, OCH3). Oxalyl chloride (1.0 mL, 11 mmol, 0.8
equiv) and
N,N-dimethylformarnide (100 pt) were added in sequence to a solution of the
residue in
dichloromethane (20 mL) at 23 C. Vigorous gas evolution was observed upon
addition
of N,N-dimethylformarnide. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at 23 C,
whereupon
phenol (1.4 g, 15 mmol, 1.1 equiv), pyridine (2.4 mL, 30 mmol, 2.3 equiv), and
4-
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
150
(dimethylamino)pyridine (10 mg, 0.081 mmol, 0.006 equiv) were added in
sequence at 23
C. The resulting brown reaction mixture was then stirred for 2.h at 23 C.
Aqueous .
hydrochloric acid (1 M, 50 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was
extracted with
ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, then washed with
an
aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.1 M, 50 mL), followed by brine (50 mL),
and were
then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, providing a clear oil. The product was purified by flash
column
chromatography (5:95 ethyl acetate-hexanes), affording the ester CDL-I-280 as
a
colorless oil (1.7 g, 50%).
[00223] Rf 0.28 (5:95 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IHNMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5
7.56
(t, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 7.37 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 7.31-7.26 (m, 3H, ArH),
6.93 (d,
1H, J = 7.8 Hz, ArH), 6.85 (d, 1H, J = 8.3 Hz, ArH), 3.91 (s, 3H, OCH3), 2.79
(q, 2H, J=
7.8 Hz, CH2CH3), 1.33 (t, 3H, J= 7.8 Hz, CH2CH3); I3C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 5
166.9, 156.5, 150.8, 142.8, 130.9, 129.5, 125.9, 122.5, 121.6, 120.9, 108.5,
55.9, 26.6,
15.6; FTIR (neat film), cm-I 2970 (m), 1740 (s, C=0), 1583 (s), 1488 (s), 1471
(s), 1438
(m), 1298 (w), 1270 (s), 1236 (s), 1186 (s), 1158 (m), 1091 (m), 1046 (s),
1001 (w);
HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C161-11603-FH)+ 257.1178, found 257.1183.
Phenol CDL-I-298:
411, Et BBr3, CH2O12 Et
CO2Ph 0 C CO2Ph
OMe 97% OH
CDL-I-280 CDL-I-298
[00224] A solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (1.0 M, 5.2 mL,
5.2
mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a solution of the ester CDL-I-280 (662 mg, 2.58
mmol,
1.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0 C. The resulting yellow solution
was stirred
for 70 min at 0 C, whereupon saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution
(50 mL)
was added. The resulting biphasic mixture was stirred for 20 min at 0 C,
dichloromethane (50 mL) was added, the layers were separated, and the aqueous
phase
was further extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The organic layers were
combined
and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered
and the
filtrate was concentrated, providing the phenol CDL-I-298 as a colorless oil
(605 mg,
97%).
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
151
= - -[00225]
R0.47 (5:95 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13)-8-10.94 -
- -
(s, 1H, OH), 7.49 (t, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 7.41 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 7.35
(t, 1H, J=
7.3 Hz, ArH), 7.24 (d, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 6.93 (d, 1H, J= 8.3 Hz, ArH), 6.85
(d, 1H,
J= 8.3 Hz, ArH), 3.13 (q, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz, CH2CH3), 1.34 (t, 3H, J= 7.8 Hz,
CH2CH3);
13C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 8 170.3, 163.2, 149.8, 147.8, 135.1, 129.7, 126.4,
122.0,
121.6, 115., 111.1,29.8, 16.4; FTIR (neat film), cm' 2973(w), 1670 (s, C=0),
1609
(m), 1588 (m), 1490 (w), 1444 (m), 1311 (m), 1295 (m), 1234 (m), 1187 (s),
1162(s),
1105 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C15H1403-1-Hr 243.1021, found 243_1014.
Ester CDL-I-299:
Et Boc20, i-Pr2NEt Et
DMAP, CH2Cl2
CO2Ph CO2Ph
OH 86% OBoc
CDL-I-298 CDL-I-299
[00226] N,N-diisopropylethylamine (520 1.1L, 2.99 mmol, 12 equiv), di-t-
butyl
dicarbonate (645 mg, 2.96 mmol, 1.2 equiv), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (31
mg, 0.25
mmol, 1.5 equiv) were added in sequence to a solution of the phenol CDL-I-298
(605
mg, 2.50 mmol, 0.1 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 23 C. The reaction
mixture
was stirred for 1 h at 23 C, whereupon saturated aqueous ammonium chloride
solution
(50 mL) was added. Dichloromethane (50 mL) was added, the layers were
separated, and
the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The organic
layers were
combined and then dried over sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered
and the
filtrate was concentrated, providing a brown oil. The product was purified by
flash
column chromatography (1:9 ether-hexanes), affording the ester CDL-I-299 as a
colorless oil, which crystallized upon standing overnight at ¨14 C (733 mg,
86%), mp 58
'C.
[00227] Rf 0.23 (1:9 ether-hexanes); IHNMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.46-7.42 (m,
3H, ArH), 7.31-7.26 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.22 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz, ArH), 7.15 (d, 1H,
J= 7.3
Hz, ArH), 2.86 (q, 2H, J= 7.3 Hz, CH2CH3), 1.46 (s, 9H, Boc), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=
7.3 Hz,
CH2CH3); I3C NIVIR (125 MHz, CDC13) 8 165.1, 151.6, 150.6, 148.7, 144.5,
131.3, 129.4,
126.8, 126.1, 125.4, 121.7, 120.5, 83.8, 27.5, 26.8, 15.6; FTIR (neat film),
cm -I 2964 (w),
1754 (s, C=0), 1586 (w), 1491 (w), 1467 (w), 1457 (w), 1368 (w), 1278 (s),
1234 (s),
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
152
= 1190 (s), 1145 (s), 1051(m); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C201-12205+NH.1)
360.1811,
found 360.1808.
Michael-Diecktnann Addition Product CDL-I-287:
H3C_ H H N_ (CF13)2
1. LDA, TMEDA,
_ _
- 0_
I N
CO2Ph 2. ¨78 C -4 0 C
OBocH _1, 9 (CH3)2 Boc0 0 HO E 0 OBn
6-rBs
0-0 0;N
CDL-I-299 I CDL-I-287
0 _ 0 OBn
-0TBS DRS6
83%
[00228] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.45 M, 47111,,
0.068 mmol, 6.8
equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (10 tiL, 0.071 mmol, 7.1
equiv) and
N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine (10 tiL, 0.066 mmol, 6.6 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran
(300 tiL) at ¨78 C. The resulting solution was stirred at ¨78 C for 30 mm
whereupon a
solution of the ester CDL-I-299 (17 mg, 0.050 mmol, 5.0 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (200
ilL) was added, forming a deep red solution. The solution was stirred at ¨78
C for 75
min, then a solution of the enone DRS6 (5.0 mg, 0.010 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in .
tetrahydrofuran (100 pt) was added at ¨78 C. The color of the reaction
mixture
remained deep red following the addition. The mixture was allowed to warm to 0
C over
150 min. Upon reaching 0 C, an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution
(pH 7.0,
0.2 M, 15 tnL) was added. The resulting yellow mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane (3 x 15 mL). The organic layers were combined and then dried
over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The product was purified by preparatory
HPLC on
a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column (5 pm, 250 x 10 mm, flow rate 3.5 mL/min,
Solvent
A: water, Solvent B: methanol, UV detection at 350 nm) using an injection
volume of 500
111., methanol with an isochratic elution of 89.5% B. The peak eluting at 31-
40 min was
collected and concentrated affording the Michael-Diecicmann product CDL-I-287
as a
light yellow solid (6.1 mg, 83%), mp 114 C.
[00229] Rf 0.37 (2:8 tetrahydrofuran-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDC13) 5 (s,
1H, 16.24, enol-OH), 7.55-7.50 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.40-7.35 (m, 411, ArH), 7.10 (d,
1H, J=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
153
7.8 Hz, ArH), 5.39-5.34 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.92 (d, 1H, J = 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2),
2.81-
. - - 2.71 (m, 2H, CH3CH, CH3CHCH), 2.55 (dd, 1H, J = 10.7, 5.7 Hz,
CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.48
(s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 2.40 (d, 1H, J = 14.7 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.31 (ddd, 1H,
J=
14.7, 9.3, 5.7, CHH1CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.56 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.55 (s, 9H, Boc), 0.84
(s, 9H,
TBS), 0.27 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.13 (s, 3H, TBS); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 8 187.4,
183.1,
182.8, 181.6, 167.6, 151.7, 150.2, 147.4, 135.0, 134.0, 128.5, 128.5, 123.4,
123.0, 122.4,
108.3, 107.4, 94.8, 83.9, 81.5, 72.5, 61.5, 46.4, 41.9, 39.5, 34.9, 27.7,
26.0, 20.7, 19.0,
16.0, -2.6, -3.7; FTIR (neat film), cnci 2923 (m), 2841 (m), 1759 (s, CO),
1718 (s,
C=0), 1605 (s), 1508 (s), 1467 (m), 1456 (m), 1369 (m), 1277 (s), 1262 (m),
1231 (s),
1144 (s), 1005 (w); HR_MS (ES) m/z calcd for (C401150N209Si+H)+ 731.3364,
found
731.3370.
6-Deoxvtetracycline CDL-I-322
H3c H H H H N(cH3)2 H3c
N(cH3)2
- - 7 7
0070:01 RN 1. aq. HF, CH3C.N imirdhigibb OH
2. H2, Pd black wilip NH2
Boc0 0 HO 0 OBrt THF-CH3OH
HO 0 HO 0 0
OTBS 81% OH
CDL-I-287 CDL-I-322
[00230] Hydrofluoric acid (0.6 mL, 48% aqueous) was added to a
polypropylene
reaction vessel containing a solution of the Michael-Diecicmann addition
product CDL-I-
287 (15 mg, 0.021 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile (3.5 mL) at 23 C. The
reaction
mixture was stirred at 23 C for 55 h, then was poured into water (20 mL)
containing
K2HPO4 (4.0 g). The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20
mL).
The organic phases were combined and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
The
dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a
light yellow oil.
Pd black (7.6 mg, 0.071 mmol, 3.4 equiv) was added in one portion to a
solution of the
residue in methanol-tetrahydrofuran (1:1, 2 mL). An atmosphere of hydrogen gas
was
introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with pure hydrogen
(1 atm). The
mixture was stirred at 23 C for 2 h. Within 5 min, the color changed from
light yellow
to dark yellow. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of cotton.
The filtrate
was concentrated, affording a yellow oil (10 mg). The product was purified by
preparatory HPLC on a Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column (10 pm, 250 x 10 mm, flow
rate 5 mL/min, Solvent A: methanol-0.02 N HC1 (1:4), Solvent B: acetonitrile,
UV
detection at 365 rim) using an injection volume of 400 p.L methanol containing
oxalic
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
154
acid monohydrate (10 mg) and an isochratic elution of 18% B for 15 mm, then a
linear
-. gradient elution of 18-60% B in 15 mm. The peak eluting at 17.5-22.5
mm was collected
and concentrated to give 6-deoxytetracycline hydrochloride (CDL-I-322-HC1) as
a yellow
powder (8.1 mg, 81%).
[00231] 11-1 NMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 7.49 (t, 1H, J
= 7.8 Hz,
ArH), 6.95 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz, ArH), 6.84 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz, ArH), 4.09 (s,
1H,
CHN(CH3)2), 3.03 (br s, 3H, N(CH3)), 2.97 (br s, 3H, N(CH3)), 2.90 (br d, 1H,
J = 12.7
Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.67 (ddd, 1H, J = 12.7, 12.7, 5.2 Hz, CH3CHCH), 2.61-2.56
(m,
1H, CH3CH), 2.30 (ddd, J= 13.7, 5.2, 2.9 Hz, CHNCHCHN(CH3)2), 1.54 (ddd, J=
13.7,
12.7, 12.7 Hz, CHHICHCHN(CH3)2), 1.38 (d, 3H, J¨ 6.8 Hz, CH3CH). HRMS (ES) m/z
calcd for (C22H24N207+H)+ 429.1662, found 429.1660.
Example 4-Synthesis of a Pyridone Saneyeline Analog
Phenyl Ester CDL-II-464:
0 CI
CI 01.
CI Cl ,.., f,
,..T./..,j
H 3C 1 =....s. CH3
Et3N, THF ..3......CH3
N ,,-- CO2H N.r.....
CO2Ph
OB n 2. PhOH, DMAP OBn
.
CDL-II-417 85% CDL-II-464
1002321 2,4,6-Trichlorobenzoyl chloride (356 111., 2.28 mmol, 1.1
equiv) was
added to a solution of the carboxylic acid CDL-II-417 (reported by A.N. Osman,
M.M
Ismail, M.A. Barakat, Revue Roumaine de Chime 1986, 31, 615-624) (534 mg, 2.08
mmol. 1.0 equiv) and triethylamine (320 ILL, 2.28 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran
(25 mL) at 23 C. A white precipitate was formed upon addition. The reaction
mixture
was stirred for 30 min at 23 C. A solution of phenol (489 mg, 5.20 mmol, 2.5
equiv) and
4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (583 mg, 5.20 mmol, 2.5 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran
(10 mL)
was added via cannula to the reaction mixture prepared above at 0 C. The
resulting
mixture was allowed to warm to 23 C over 10 min, and was stirred for 90 min
at that
temperature. An aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 30
mL)
was then added and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3
x 30
mL). The organic extracts were combined and then dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
155
The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate concentrated, providing a
colorless oil.
product was purified by flash column chromatography (6:94 ethyl
acetate,hexanes), _ _
affording the phenyl ester CDL-II-464 as a white solid (590 mg, 85%), mp 65
'C.
[00233] Rf 0.33 (1:9 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 111 NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8
7.49 (d,
2H, J= 7.3 Hz, ArH), 7.40-7.24 (m, 611, ArH), 7.14 (d, 2H, J= 7.3 Hz, ArH),
6.69 (s,
1H, pyr-H), 5.49 (s, 2H, CH2Ph), 2.47 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.43 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR
(125
MHz, CDC13) 8 165.9, 160.1, 157.8, 150.7, 148.5, 137.3, 129.4, 128.3, 127.7,
127.6,
125.9, 121.7, 118.1, 113.4, 67.8, 24.1, 191; FTIR (neat film), cm-1 1738 (s,
C=0), 1600
(s), 1569(s), 1492(m), 1441 (m), 1400(m), 1333 (s), 1272(s), 1185(s), 1159(m),
1097
(m), 1051 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C211-119NO3+H)+ 334.1443, found
334.1442.
Michael-Diecicmarm Addition Product CDL-II-466:
N(CH3)2
1. LDA, DMPU, H 11 7
H3C 1 ,...., CH3
...T.....
CO2Ph THF, ¨78 C H3C 1 '-= 40.1110 Ck
2. ¨78 C ¨). 0 C
OBnBn0 0 HO 1 0 OBn
N(CH3)2
H 7 8TBS
CDL-II-464 7 0
CDL-II-466
0 E 0 OBn
OTBS DRS6
67%
[00234] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.67 M, 80 pt, 0.13 mmol,
4.2
equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (20 ILL, 0.14 mmol, 4.5
equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (2.5 mL) at ¨78 C. The resulting solution was allowed to warm
to 0 C
over 15 min. N,AP-dimethylpropyleneurea (17 tiL, 0.14 mmol, 4.5 equiv) was
added to
the mixture prepared above at 0 C, whereupon the mixture was cooled to ¨78
C. A
solution of the ester CDL-II-464 (31 mg, 0.093 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (250
IAL) was then added at ¨78 C. The resulting yellow solution was stirred for 5
min at ¨78
C, then a solution of the enone DRS6 (15 mg, 0.031 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (250 !IL) was added at ¨78 C. The resulting deep red mixture
was
allowed to warm to 0 C over 4 h. Acetic acid (40 1AL) was added at to the
deep red
mixture at 0 C, followed by an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution
(pH 7.0, 0_2
M, 15 mL). The resulting yellow mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3
x 15
mL). The organic extracts were combined and then dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
156
The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a
yellow oil.
. - The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Coulter Ultrasphere
ODS column (5 .
250 x 10 mm, flow rate 3.5 mL/min, Solvent A: water, Solvent B: methanol, UV
detection at 350 nm) using an injection volume of 500 pit DMS0 and a gradient
elution
of 92-100% B over 30 min. The peak eluting at 21-29 min was collected and
concentrated to give enol CDL-II-466 as a light yellow solid (15.0 mg, 67%).
[00235] R10.55 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); NMR (600 MHz, CD2C12) 8
16.05
(s, 111, enol-OH), 7.52-7.26 (m, 10H, ArH), 6.66 (s, 111, pyr-H), 5.57 (d, 1H,
J= 12.7 Hz,
OCHH'Ph), 5.43 (d, J = 12.7 Hz, 1H, OCHH'Ph), 5.33-5.28 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.99
(d,
2H, J= 10.5 Hz, CHN(C113)2), 3.04-3.00 (m, 1H, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.84 (dd,
1H,
J= 16.1, 4.9 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.74 (dd, 1H, J = 16.1, 16.1 Hz,
CHHCHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.53 (dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 3.9 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.51-2.43
(m, 10H, N(CH3)2, Ar-CH3, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.07 (d, 1H, J = 14.2 Hz,
CHH'CHCHN(C113)2), 0.82 (s," 9H, TBS), 0.22 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.10 (s, 3H, TBS);
13C
NMR (100 MHz, CD2C12) 8 187.9, 185.2, 182.5, 178.8, 167.9, 161.9, 161.8,
154.8, 137.9,
135.6, 129.1, 129.0, 129.0, 128.7, 127.9, 127.9, 116.4, 111.6, 108.6, 107.5,
82.0, 73.0,
68.1, 61.7, 46.9, 42.0, 39.2, 28.6, 26.1, 24.6, 23.0, 19.3, -2.4, -3.5; FTIR
(neat film), cm-I
2939 (m), 2857 (w), 1720 (s, C=0), 1593 (s), 1510 (s), 1469 (m), 1449 (m),
1326 (s),
1254 (m), 1187(w), 1157 (m), 1090 (m), 1064 (m), 1007 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd
for
= (C411-147N307Si+H)+ 722.3262, found 722.3261.
Pyridone Sancycline Analog CDL-II-460:
H H
tsl(CF13)2 1. H2, Pd(OH)2/C N(CH3)2 = HCI H 3C
0,
I / N dioxane, CH3OH H3C OH
00.1
N gimp 2. aq. HCI, Me0H HN NH2
.=
Bn0 0 OH E 0 OBn 74% 0 0 01+ 0 0
OTBS OH
CDL-II-466 CDL-II-460
[00236] Palladium hydroxide on carbon (20 wt. % Pd, wet, water max.
50%, 10
mg, 0.0094 mrnol, 0.7 equiv) was added to a solution of the Michael-Dieckmann
addition
product CDL-II-466 (10 mg, 0.014 nunol, 1.0 equiv) in dioxane-methanol (1:1,
10 mL)
at 23 C. An atmosphere of hydrogen gas was introduced by briefly evacuating
the flask,
then flushing with pure hydrogen (1 atm). The resulting mixture was stirred at
23 C for
2 h. The color turned green after 5 min and then gradually to yellow within
the reaction
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
157
time. The mixture was filtered through a plug of cotton and then concentrated
to a yellow
- - - oil. Aqueous hydrochloric. acid (37%, 100. L) was added-to a
solution of the-residue in --
methanol (10 mL) at 23 'C. The reaction was monitored by analytical HPLC on a
Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column (5 gm, 250 x 4.6 mm, flow rate 1 ml/min,
Solvent A:
0.1% TFA in water, Solvent B: 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile, UV detection at 395
nrn) with a
gradient elution of 10-100% B over 15 min. The peak at 7.0 min indicated the
desired
product. After stirring for 3 h at 23 C the deprotection was complete and the
mixture
was concentrated to a yellow oil. The crude mixture was purified by
preparatory HPLC
on a Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column (10 pun, 250 x 10 mm, flow rate 4 ml/min,
Solvent A: 0.01 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, Solvent B: acetonitrile, UV
detection at
365 run) using an injection volume of 500 ;AL methanol containing oxalic acid
monohydrate (30 mg) and a linear gradient of 0-20% B over 40 min. The peak
eluting at
20-29 min was collected and concentrated to give the hydrochloride of CDL-H-
460 as a
yellow powder (4.8 mg, 74%).
[00237]
11-INMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 6.37 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.06 (s,
111, CHN(CH3)2), 3.05-2.95 (m, 8H, N(CH3)2, CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.79 (dd, 1H, J= 16.1, 3.9 Hz, CHHCHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.55 (dd, 1H, J= 16.1,
16.1
Hz, CHITCHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2)), 2.40 (s, 3H, Ar-CH3), 2.18 (br. d, 1H, J= 12.7 Hz,
CHHCHCHN(CH3)2), 1.59 (ddd, 1H, J= 12.7, 12,7, 12.7 Hz, CHITCHCHN(CH3)2); 13C
NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2S0) 8 187.3, 183.5, 177.8, 172.1, 160.6, 159.8, 153.3,
115.3,
107.2, 106.9, 95.6, 74.2, 68.4, 41.5, 35.7, 34.5, 33.9, 31.0, 19.2; HRMS
(ES).m/z calcd for
(C21H23N307-1-H) 430.1614, found 430.1607.
Example 5-Synthesis of Pyridine Sancycline Analog (7-Aza-10-Deoxysancycline)
1. aq. NaOH, ethanol, reflux
N CH 2. (C0C1)2, DIvfF, CH2C12 - N
CH
3 3
I 3. phenol, DMAP, pyridine ,
I
66%
JDB1-67-SM JDB1-67
[00238]
A solution of 2-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester JDB1-67-SM (0.589 g,
3.56 mmol, 1.0 equiv), aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.0 M, 3.9 mL, 3.9 mmol, 1.1
equiv),
and ethanol (5 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was
allowed to
cool to 23 C, and was concentrated, affording the carboxylate salt (710 mg)
as a white
solid. Oxalyl chloride (357 ILL, 4_09 mmol, 1.15 equiv) was added to a mixture
of the
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
158
carboxylate salt in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 23 C. Vigorous gas evolution
was
observed upon addition.- The reaction mixture. was stirred at 23 C for 30
min, then N,N- -
dimethylformamide (20 pL) was added. After stirring for an additional 30 min
at 23 C,
phenol (837 mg, 8.90 mmol, 2.5 equiv), pyridine (864 ILL, 10.7 mmol, 3.0
equiv), and
dimethylaminopyridine (3 mg) were added in sequence. The resulting solution
was
stirred for 90 min at 23 C, whereupon an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer
solution
(pH 7.05, 0.2 M, 5.0 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was partitioned
between
water (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with
an
additional 50-mL portion of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined
and washed
with an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL, 1M), brine (50 mL), and then
dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was decanted and
concentrated,
affording a colorless oil (900 mg). The product was purified by flash column
chromatography (25:75 ethyl acetate-hexanes), providing the ester JDB1-67 as a
colorless oil (500 mg, 66%).
[00239) 1(10.15 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) S
8.70
(dd, 1H, J = 1.7,4.95 Hz, pyr-H), 8.44 (dd, 1H, J= 1.7, 7.8 Hz, pyr-H), 7.48-
7.43 (m,
2H, ArH), 7.33-7.20 (m, 4H, ArH, pyr-H), 2.93 (s, 1H, CH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz,
CDC13) S 164.8, 160.8, 152.4, 150.5, 138.9, 129.5, 126.1, 124.5, 121.6, 12L0,
25.0; FTIR
(neat film), cm-1 3406 (m), 1948 (w), 1747 (s), 1578 (s), 1487 (s), 1435 (s),
1273 (s),
1237 (s), 1191(s), 1046 (s), 915 (m), 822 (m), 749 (s), 689 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z
calcd for
(C13HIIN02+H)+ 214.0868, found 214.0866.
N(CH3)2
H N(CH3)2
7 H H 7
N CH3 0 LDA, HMPA N AO I z q N
THF
CO2Ph + ; -95 C -50 C
0 E 0 OBn 0 HO 0 OBn
OTBS OTBS
72%
JDB1-67 DRS6 JDB1-87
[00240] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.47 M, 136 L, 0.200
mmol,
8.03 equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (26.5 gt, 0202.
mmol, 8.05
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (0.750 mL) at ¨78 C. The reaction mixture was
briefly (10
min) transferred to an ice bath, with stirring, then was cooled to ¨78 C.
Hexamethylphosphoramide (49.0 pL, 0.399 mmol, 16.0 equiv) was added to the
mixture
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
159
prepared above at ¨78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 minutes
whereupon a
.. -colorless solution was formed. ...The resulting solution was added
dropwise via cannula to
a solution of the ester JDB1-67 (36.0 mg, 0.169 mmol, 6.79 equiv), and the
enone DRS6
(12.2 mg, 0.0249 nunol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) at ¨95 C
dropwise via
cannula. The light red mixture was allowed to warm to ¨50 C over 50 min and
was then
partitioned between an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (p11 7.0,
0.2 M, 5.0
mL) and dichloromethane (25 mL). The organic phase was separated and the
aqueous
phase was further extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 15 mL). The organic
phases were
combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
decanted and
concentrated, affording a yellow solid. The product was purified by
preparatory HPLC
on a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column (10 .Lm, 250 x 10 mm, 3.5 mL/min, Solvent
A:
water, Solvent B: methanol, UV detection at 350 nm) using an injection volume
of 500
ELL methanol and a linear gradient elution of 85-100% B over 30 min. The peak
at 21-27
min was collected and concentrated to give enol JDB1-87 as a white solid (11.0
mg,
72%).
1002411 Rf 0.07 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD2C12) S
15.21
(s, 1H, enol), 8.63 (d, 111, J= 4.5 Hz, pyr-H), 8.19 (d, 1H, J= 7.5 Hz, pyr-
H), 7.54-7.43
(m, 5H, ArH), 7.34 (d, 1H, J= 4.5, 7.5 Hz, pyr-H), 5.36 (d, 1H, J = 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph),
5.33 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.03 (d, I H, J= 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.36-
3.31
(m, 1H, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.23 (dd, 1H, J= 16.3, 5.6 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.99 (dd, 1H, J= 16.3, 16.3 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.63 (ddd, 1H, J= 1.6, 4.4, 10.7 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.54-2.48 (m, 7H, N(CH3)2, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.19 (dd, 1H, J= 1.6, 14.5 Hz,
C1{H'CHCHN(CH3)2), 0.87 (s, 9H, TBS), 0.26 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.13 (s, 3H, TBS);
13C
NMR (100 MHz, CD2C12) 8 187.7, 183.5, 182.6, 182.2, 167.9, 161.2, 153.4,
137.6, 134.1,
129.2, 129.1, 129.1, 126.8, 123.0, 108.7, 106.9, 82.2, 73.0, 61.8, 47.0, 42.1,
41.4, 30.1,
28.4, 26.1, 23.2, 19.3, ¨2.4, ¨3.5; HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C33H39N306Si+H)
602.2686, found 602.2686.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
160
bl(CH3)2N(CF13)2
H H 7 1. H2, Pd black H H -
=
0, dioxane-CH3OH
N ¨ 2: HF(aq), CH3CN, 35 C
\. NH2
86%
0 HO z 0 OBn 0 HO 0 0
OTBS OH
JDB1-87 JDB1-109
002421 Pd black (3.0 mg, 0.028 mmol, 2.6 equiv) was added in one portion
to a
solution of the enol JDB1-87 (6.5 mg, 0.011 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dioxane-
methanol (7:2,
9.0 mL) at 23 C. An atmosphere of hydrogen was introduced by briefly
evacuating the
flask, then flushing with pure hydrogen (1 atm). The green mixture was stirred
for 7 hr,
and then filtered through a plug of cotton. The filtrate was concentrated,
providing the
carboxamide as a yellow oil (7.0 mg). Aqueous hydrofluoric acid (48%, 0.5 mL)
was
added to a polypropylene reaction vessel containing a solution of the
carboxamide in
acetonitrile (4.5 mL) at 23. C. The reaction mixture was heated to 35 C and
was stirred
at that temperature for 27 hr. The excess hydrofluoric acid was quenched with
methoxytrimethylsilane (3.5 mL, 25 mmol). The reaction mixture was
concentrated,
affording a yellow solid. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a
Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column (10 gm, 250 x 10 mm, 4 mL/min, Solvent A: 0.5%
trifluoroacetic acid in waters Solvent B: 0.5% trifluoroacetic acid in
methanol-acetonitrile
(1:1), UV detection at 350 nm) using an injection volume of 500 pL methanol
and a linear
gradient of 0-20% B over 40 min. The peak at 35-45 mm was collected and
concentrated
to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in 1 mL methanol, treated with
concentrated
hydrochloric acid (20 gL), and then concentrated to give the hydrochloride
ofJDB1-109
as a yellow powder (3.7 mg, 86%).
1002431 IHNMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) & 8.79-8.77 (m, 2H, pyr-H)
7.91 (dd, 1H, J= 6.8, 6.8 Hz, pyr-H), 4.12 (s, 111, CHN(CH3)2), 3.41-3.22 (m,
2H,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.11-3.00 (m, 8H,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCHN(CH3)2, N(C113)2), 2.34 (ddd, 1H, J= 12.9, 4.4,
2.4 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.77 (ddd, 1H, J = 12.9, 12.9, 12.9 Hz,
CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C20H2IN306+H)+ 400.1508, found
400.1504.
Example 6-Synthesis of 10-Deoxysancycline
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
161
Ism
CH 3 1. (C0C1)2, DMF, CH2Cl2
2. phenol, DMAP, pyridine 40 CH
CO2H CO2Ph
99%
JDB1-113-SM JDB1-113
[00244] N,N-
dimethylformamide (20 p,L) was added was added to a solution of the
carboxylic acid JDB1-113-SM (500 mg, 3.67 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and oxalyl chloride
(367
1, 4.22 mmol, 1.15 equiv) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 23 C. Vigorous gas
evolution
was observed. After stirring for 80 min at 23 C, phenol (863 mg, 9.18 mmol,
2.5 equiv),
pyridine (890 1./L, 11.0 mmol, 3.0 equiv), and dimethylaminopyridine (3 mg)
were added
in sequence. The resulting solution was stirred for 90 mm at 23 C, whereupon
an
aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.05, 0.2 M, 5.0 mL) was
added. The
resulting mixture was partitioned between water (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (50
mL). The
aqueous phase was extracted with an additional 50-mL portion of ethyl acetate.
The
organic layers were combined and washed with an aqueous sodium hydroxide
solution
(50 mL, 1M), brine (50 mL), and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The
dried
solution was decanted and concentrated, affording a colorless oil (850 mg).
The product
was purified by flash column chromatography (25:75 ethyl acetate-hexanes),
providing
the ester JDB1-113 as a colorless oil (774 mg, 99%).
[00245] R10.43
(3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.18
(d, 1H, J = 8.1 Hz, ArH), 7.49-7.20 (m, 8H, ArH, OArH), 2.69 (s, 3H, ArCH3);
I3C NMR
(100 MHz, CDC13) 8 165.8, 150.9, 141.3, 132.7, 132.0, 131.2, 129.5, 128.5,
125.9, 125.8,
121.8, 22.0; FTIR (neat film), cm -I 3046 (w), 2923 (w), 1739 (s), 1594 (m),
1487 (m),
1287 (m), 1241 (s), 1189 (s), 1159 (m), 1041 (s), 733 (s); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd
for
(C14H1202+NH4)+ 230.1181, found 230.1187.
HN(cH3)2 H H
N(CH3)2
-
=
CH3 R
1110. / LDA, HMPA
THF 0
0.00 I ;N
CO2Ph -95 C -> -70 C
0 E 0 OBn 0 HO
0 OBn
oTBS 85% OTBS
JDB1-113 DRS6 JDB1-114
[00246] A
solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.47 M, 38.0 p.L, 0.0565 mmol,
8.26 equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (7.4 L, 0.057 mmol,
8.3 equiv)
in tetrahydrofuran (0.50 mL) at ¨78 C. The reaction mixture was briefly (10
min)
transferred to an ice bath, with stirring, then was cooled to ¨78 C.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
162
Hexamethylphosphoramide (13.9 ILL, 0.113 mmol, 16.5 equiv) was added to the
mixture
prepared above at ¨78 'C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 minutes
whereupon a
colorless solution was formed. The resulting solution was added dropwise via
cannula to
a solution of the ester JDB1-113 (10.0 mg, 0.0471 mmol, 6.88 equiv), and the
enone
DRS6 (3.3 mg, 0.00684 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (0.50 mL) at ¨95 C
dropwise via cannula. The light red mixture was allowed to warm to ¨70 C over
30 min
and was then partitioned between an aqueous potassium phosphate buffer
solution (pH
7.0, 0.2 M, 5.0 mL) and dichloromethane (20 mL). The organic phase was
separated and
the aqueous phase was further extracted with an additional 20-mL portion of
dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous
sodium
sulfate. The dried solution was decanted and concentrated, affording a yellow
solid. The
product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column
(10
pm, 250 x 10 nun, 3.5 mL/min, Solvent A: water, Solvent B: methanol, UV
detection at
350 nm) using an injection volume of 500 pL methanol and a linear gradient
elution of
85-100% B over 30 min. The peak at 25-30 min was collected and concentrated to
give
enol JDB1-87 as a white solid (3.5 mg, 85%).
[00247] Rf 0.46 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); IH NMR (500 MHz, CD2C12) 8
15.53
(s, 1H, enol), 7.94 (d, 1H, J= 7.9 Hz, ArH), 7.54 - 7.28 (m, 8H, ArH,
OCH2ArH), 5.37-
5.34 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 4.05 (d, 1H, J= 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.24-3.18 (ni, 1H,
CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.99 (dd, 1H, J= 15.5, 5.6 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.88 (dd, 1H, J= .15.5, 15.5 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.61 (dd, 1H, J= 4.4,
10.7 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.54-2.44 (m, 7H, N(CH3)2, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.14 (d,
1H, J= 14.3 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 0.86 (s, 9H, TBS), 0.25 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.12
(s,
3H, TBS); NMR (100 MHz, CD2C12) 8 187.8, 183.0, 182.8, 182.4, 167.7, 141.7,
135.4, 133.4, 130.9, 129.0, 128.9, 128.9, 128.1, 127.5, 126.5, 108.5, 106.8,
82.1, 72.8,
61.5, 58.5, 46.9, 41.9, 38.6, 29.0, 25.9, 23.1, 19.1, ¨2.6, ¨3.7; HRMS (ES)
m/z calcd for
(C34H401\1306Si+H)+ 601.2734, found 601.2730.
N(CH3)2 ..19(CH3)2
H H 7 1. HF(aq), CH3CN, 35 C H H -
- -2. H2, Pd black
- -
1 I N dioxane¨CH3OH I 1
NH2
0 HO = 0 OBn 0 HO 0 0
6-rBs OH
JDB1-114 JDB1-130
[00248] Hydrofluoric acid (1.1 mL, 48% aqueous) was added to a
polypropylene
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
163
reaction vessel containing a solution of the enol JDB1-114 (15.1 mg, 0.0251
mmol, 1.0
equiv)_in acetonitrile (10 mL) at 23 C. The resulting mixture was. stirred
vigorously at...
23 C for 12 hr, then was poured into water (50 mL) containing K2HPO4(4.7 g).
The
resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). The organic
phases were
combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered and
the filtrate was concentrated, furnishing the intermediate alcohol as a yellow
solid (12.2
mg, 99%). Pd black was added in one portion to a solution of the residue in
methanol-
dioxane (1:1, 3.0 mL). An atmosphere of hydrogen was introduced by briefly
evacuating
the flask, then flushing with pure hydrogen (1 atm). The mixture was stirred
at 23 C for
20 mm. Within 5 min, the color changed from light yellow to green. The
reaction
mixture was filtered through a plug of cotton. The filtrate was concentrated
to a yellow
solid (13 mg). The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Phenomenex
Polymerx DVB column (10 m, 250 x 10 mm, flow rate 5 mL/min, Solvent A: 0.01 N
HC1, Solvent B: acetonitrile, UV detection at 350 nm) using an injection
volume of 450
gaL methanol containing oxalic acid monohydrate (10 mg) in two injections and
a linear
gradient elution of 5-50% B in 30 min. The peak eluting at 16-22 mm was
collected and
concentrated to give 10-deoxysaricycline hydrochloride (JDB1-130-HC1) as a
white
powder (9.1 mg, 91%).
[00249] IHNMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 5 7.96 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz,
ArH) 7.51 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, ArH), 7.39 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, ArH),
7.30 (d,
1H, J = 7.3 Hz, ArH), 4.04 (s, 1H, CHN(CH3)2), 3.31-2.99 (m, 811,
CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCHN(CH3)2, N(C113)2), 2.87 (dd, 1H, J = 15.4, 4.3 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.61 (dd, 1H, J = 15.4, 15.4 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.21 (ddd, J= 12.8, 5.0,2.5 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2),
1.66 (ddd, 1H, J = 12.8, 12.8, 12.8 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2)-
.
Example 7-A Convergent, Enantioselective Synthetic Route to Structurally
Diverse
6-Deoxvtetracycline Antibiotics
[00250] Among tetracyclines, semi-synthetic approaches have led to the
discovery
of the 6-deoxytetracyclines doxycycline (2 in Figure 15A) and minocycline (3
in Figure
15A), clinically the most important agents in the class. 6-Deoxytetracyclines
exhibit
considerably improved chemical stability as compared to their 6-hydroxy
counterparts
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
164
and show equal or greater potencies in antibacterial assays (Stephens et al.,
J. Am. Chem.
Soc. 85, 2643 (1963); M. Nelson, W. Hillen, R. A. Greenwald, Eds.,
Tetracyclines in
Biology, Chemistry and Medicine (Birkhauser Verlag, Boston, 2001)). It is
evident that at
present neither semi-synthesis nor modified biosynthesis is capable of
addressing the great
majority of novel structures that a chemist might wish to explore in pursuit
of a lead
structure like tetracycline; structures such as the D-ring heterocyclic
analogs 4 and 5 in FIG.
15A, or new ring systems such as the pentacycline 6 (FIG. 15A) are exemplary.
Absent a
viable laboratory synthetic pathway, these structures and the regions of
complex chemical
space they represent must be ceded in the search for new antibiotics. Here, we
report a
short and efficient route for the synthesis of enantiomerically pure members
of the 6-
deoxytetracyclines from benzoic acid. The route we describe allows for the
synthesis of 6-
deoxytetracyclines (both with or without an hydroxyl group at C5) by a notably
late-stage
coupling reaction of the AB precursors 7 or 8 (FIG. 15B) with a variety of
different D-ring
precursors, and has provided compounds such as doxycycline (2 in FIG. 15A),
the
heterocyclic analogs 4 and 5 (FIG. 15A), the pentacycline 6 (FIG. 15A), as
well as other 6-
deoxytetracycline analogs.
[00251] The
strategic advantage of a synthetic approach involving a late-stage C-
ring construction (AB+D->ABCD, FIG. 15B) is that much of the polar
functionality known to
play a role in the binding of tetracyclines to the bacterial ribosome lies
within the AB
fragment (D. E. Brodersen etal., Cell 103, 1143 (2000); M. Pioletti et al.,
EMBO J. 20, 1829
(2001)), while enormous structural variation on or near the D-ring is not only
permissible,
but has been cited as a means to overcome bacterial resistance. The advanced
clinical
candidate tigecycline (P.-E. Sum, P. Petersen, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9,
1459 (1999)), a
minocycline derivative with a D-ring substituent, is exemplary, and is
reported to be one of
the most promising new antibiotics under evaluation by the FDA (K. Bush, M.
Macielag, M.
Weidner-Wells, Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 7, 466 (2004)). Classically, approaches
to the
synthesis of the tetracycline antibiotics have proceeded by stepwise assembly
of the ABCD
ring system and begin with D or CD precursors, as exemplified by the Woodward
synthesis
of ( )-6-deoxy-6-demethyltetracycline (sancycline, 25 steps, ¨0.002% yield)
(J. J. Korst et
al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 90, 439 (1968)), the Shemyakin synthesis of ( )-12a-
deoxy-5a,6-
anhydrotetracycline (A. I. Gurevich et al., Tetrahedron Left. 8, 131 (1967)),
and the Muxfeldt
synthesis of ( )-5-oxytetracycline (terramycin, 22 steps, 0.06% yield) (H.
Muxfeldt et al., J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 101, 689 (1979)). Only one published synthesis of (-)-
tetracycline itself has
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
165
appeared, this from D-glucosamine (an A-ring precursor, 34 steps, 0.002%
yield) (K.
Tatsuta et al., Chem. Lett. 646 (2000)), while the most efficient construction
of the
tetracycline ring system thus far is undoubtedly the synthesis of ( )-12a-
deoxytetracycline
by the Stork laboratory (16 steps, 18-25% yield) (G. Stork et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 118,
5304 (1996)). The latter research served to identify C12a oxygenation as
perhaps the
greatest challenge in tetracycline synthesis (it could not be achieved with
12a-
deoxytetracycline as substrate), a conclusion supported by the results of
prior synthetic
efforts (J. J. Korst et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 90, 439 (1968); A. I. Gurevich
et a/.,
Tetrahedron Lett. 8, 131 (1967); H. Muxfeldt et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 101,
689 (1979)).
The problem is significant, for C12a oxygenation appears to greatly enhance
antimicrobial
activity (W. Rogalski, in Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, J. J. Hlavka,
J. H.
Boothe, Eds. (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1985), vol. 78, chap. 5). A key
feature of the
synthetic approach to 6-deoxytetracyclines that we have developed is that it
introduces the
C12a hydroxyl group in the first step of the sequence (FIG. 16) and uses the
stereogenic
center produced in that step to elaborate all others in the target molecule.
To protect the
vinylogous carbamic acid function of the A-ring we used the 5-
benzyloxyisoxazole group
developed by Stork and Haggedorn for that purpose (G. Stork, A. A. Hagedorn,
Ill, J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 100, 3609 (1978)), an innovation that proved critically enabling in
the present
work, while the dimethylamino group of the A-ring was incorporated without
modification.
[00252] Our
synthesis of 6-deoxytetracyclines was initiated by whole-cell, microbial
dihydroxylation of benzoic acid with a mutant strain of Alcaligenes eutrophus
(A. M. Reiner,
G. D. Hegeman, Biochemistry 10, 2530 (1971); A. G. Myers et al., Org. Lett. 3,
2923
(2001)), producing the diol 9 (FIG. 16) with >95% ee in 79% yield (90-g batch,
¨13 g/L, FIG.
16). Hydroxyl-directed epoxidation of the microcrystalline product (9, m-CPBA,
Et0Ac)
provided the a-oriented epoxide 10 (FIG. 16) in 83% yield; esterification of
this product
(trimethylsilyldiazomethane) followed by bis-silylation and concomitant
epoxide
isomerization in the presence of tert-butyldimethylsilyl triflate (3 equiv.),
afforded the epoxy
ester 11 (FIG. 16) in 70% yield (A. G. Myers etal., Org. Lett. 3, 2923
(2001)). Separately, 3-
benzyloxy-5-dimethylaminomethylisoxazole, prepared on the mole-scale by a
simple four-
step sequence from glyoxylic acid (D. M. Vyas, Y. Chiang, T. W. Doyle,
Tetrahedron Lett.
25, 487 (1984); P. Pevarello, M. Varasi, Synth. Commun. 22, 1939 (1992)), was
deprotonated at C4 with n-butyllithium, and the resulting organolithium
reagent (12 in FIG.
16) was then added to the epoxy ester 11 (FIG. 16), forming the ketone 13
(73%) (FIG. 16).
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
166
In a noteworthy transformation, and a key step of the synthesis, exposure of
the ketone 13
(FIG. 16) to lithium triflate (5 mol %) at 60 C, followed by selective removal
of the allylic silyl
ether of the rearranged product (TFA), afforded the tricyclic AB precursor 14
(FIG. 16) in
62% yield after purification by flash column chromatography. The
transformation of 13 to 14
(FIG. 16) is believed to involve initial SN-prime opening of the allylic
epoxide by the N,N-
dimethylamino group followed by ylide formation and [2,3]-sigmatropic
rearrangement, a
process that is reminiscent of the Sommelet-Hauser rearrangement (S. H. Pine,
Organic
Reactions, 18, 403 (1970)). Compound 14 (FIG. 16) possesses the requisite cis
stereochemistry of the AB fusion as well as an a-oriented N,N-dimethylamino
substituent
(confirmed by X-ray crystallographic analysis of a derivative), and serves as
a common
intermediate for the synthesis of both the AB precursor enone 7 (4 steps, 49%
yield, FIG.
16) and the AB precursor to 5-a-hydroxy-6-deoxytetracyclines, enone 8 (8
steps, 56% yield,
FIG. 16), as detailed in sequence below.
[00253] To
synthesize the AB precursor enone 7 (FIG. 15), intermediate 14 was
subjected to reductive transposition (A. G. Myers, B. Zheng, Tetrahedron Lett.
37, 4841
(1996)) in the presence of triphenylphosphine, diethyl azodicarboxylate, and o-
nitrobenzenesulfonyl hydrazide (added last, a procedural variant), affording
the transposed
cycloalkene 15 in 74% yield. Hydrolysis of the silyl ether group within 15
(HCI, methanol),
oxidation of the resulting allylic alcohol (IBX, DMSO) (M. Frigerio, M.
Santagostino,
Tetrahedron Lett. 35, 8019 (1994)), and protection of the remaining (tertiary)
carbinol
(TBSOTf, 2,6-lutidine) (E. J. Corey et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 22, 3455 (1981))
then provided
the enone 7 (FIG. 15) in 66% yield (3 steps) after flash column
chromatography. By a
somewhat longer but slightly more efficient sequence the intermediate 14 (FIG.
15) could
also be transformed into the enone 8 (FIG. 15), the AB precursor to 5-a-
hydroxy-6-
deoxytetracyclines. This sequence involved the transformation of 14 (FIG. 15)
into the
phenylthio ether 16 (with net retention), diastereoselective sulfoxidation
using a chiral
oxidant (F. A. Davis et al., J. Org. Chem. 57, 7274 (1992)) (99:1
selectivity), and Mislow-
Evans rearrangement (E. N. Prilezhaeva, Russ. Chem. Rev. 70, 897 (2001)),
producing the
allylic alcohol 17 in 66% yield (4 steps). High diastereoselectivity in the
sulfoxidation step
was essential, for only one diastereomer (the major isomer under the
conditions specified)
underwent efficient thermal rearrangement. After protection of the allylic
alcohol 17 (FIG.
15) using benzyl chloroformate, a sequence nearly identical to the final three
steps of the
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
167
synthesis of 7 (FIG. 15) was employed to transform the resulting benzyl
carbonate into the
enone 8 (FIG. 15) in 85% yield (56% yield and 8 steps from 14).
[00254] 6-
Deoxytetracyclines were assembled with all requisite functionality and
stereochemistry in a single operation. In this process the AB precursors 7 or
8 (FIG. 15) are
coupled with a range of different carbanionic D-ring precursors in a Michael-
Dieckmann
reaction sequence (T.-L. Ho, Tandem Organic Reactions (Wiley, New York, 1992))
that
forms two carbon-carbon bonds and the C-ring of the 6-deoxytetracyclines
(FIGS. 15B, 17,
and 18). The process is perhaps best illustrated in detail by the 3-step
synthesis of (-)-
doxycycline from the AB precursor 8 (FIG. 17). Deprotonation of the D-ring
precursor 18
(4.5 equiv, LDA, TMEDA, THF, -78 C), synthesized in 5 steps (42% yield) from
anisic acid,
followed by addition of the enone 8 (1 equiv, -78 0 C),
provided the tetracyclic coupling
product 19 (FIG. 17) in diastereomerically pure form in 79% yield after
purification by rp-
HPLC. Removal of the protective groups (2 steps, 90% yield) and purification
(rp-HPLC)
afforded (-)-doxycycline hydrochloride (18 steps, 8.3% yield from benzoic
acid). A
remarkable feature of the convergent coupling reaction that produces the
tetracyclic product
19 (FIG. 17) is its stereoselectivity. Although in theory four diastereomeric
products can be
formed, largely one was produced, corresponding in configuration (5aR, 6R) to
that of
known biologically active 6-deoxytetracyclines. A minor diastereomeric
impurity, believed to
be 6-epi-19 (FIG. 17), was also isolated in separate rp-HPLC fractions (<7%
yield). Michael-
Dieckmann cyclization sequences (T.-L. Ho, Tandem Organic Reactions (Wiley,
New York,
1992)) and condensations of o-toluate anions in particular (F. J. Leeper, J.
Staunton, J.C.S.
Chem. Comm., 406 (1978); F. M. Hauser, R. P. Rhee, J. Org. Chem. 43, 178,
(1978); J. H.
Dodd, S. M. Weinreb, Tetrahedron Lett. 20, 3593 (1979)) are extensively
precedented in
synthesis, but we are unaware of any example exhibiting the high degree of
diastereoselectivity of the present case. Phenyl ester activation in toluate
condensations is
also precedented, though in a system that forms a fully aromatized cyclization
product
(White et al., J. Org. Chem. 51, 1150 (1986)). We observed that the presence
of the phenyl
ester group of the D-ring precursor 18 (FIG. 17) was essential for successful
cyclization to
occur; anions derived from simple alkyl esters and phthalide-derived anions
underwent
Michael addition, but the resulting adducts did not cyclize. Perhaps even more
remarkable
than the condensation that produces 19 (FIG. 17) is the parallel
transformation of 18 with
the enone 7 (FIG. 18, entry 1), which forms (-)-6-deoxytetracycline in
protected form with
>20:1 diastereoselectivity, in 81% yield after purification by rp-HPLC
(diastereomerically
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
168
pure; a minor diastereomer, epimeric at C6, was also isolated separately). It
appears that
additions to 7 and 8 proceed almost exclusively by addition to the "top" face
of each enone
(as drawn), producing C5a-sterochemistry corresponding to natural
tetracyclines, though
why this should be the case is not obvious.
[00255] As the examples of entries 2-5 (FIG. 18) show, efficient and
stereoselective
condensations are not restricted to the o-toluate anion derived from the D-
ring substrate 18
(FIG. 17); the novel D-ring heterocyclic analogs 4 and 5 (FIG. 18) were
synthesized by a
related sequence from o-toluate anions of very different structures, as was
the pentacyline
derivative 6 (FIG. 18). In each case it was necessary to optimize the specific
conditions for
o-toluate anion generation and trapping. For entries 3-5 (FIG. 18) anion
generation was
best conducted in situ, in the presence of the enone 7, either by selective
deprotonation
(entry 3) or by lithium-halogen exchange (entries 4 and 5). A number of
potentially
competing non-productive reaction sequences (e.g., enolization of 7) might
have occurred
during in situ anion generation; the observed efficiencies of the
transformations are
surprising in light of this. It is also noteworthy that in situ anion
generation permits the use of
o-toluates lacking an o-alkoxy substituent (entries 3 and 4), substrates known
to be
problematic from prior studies (F. M. Hauser et al., Synthesis 72 (1980)).
Finally, o-toluate
anion formation by in situ or stepwise halogen-metal exchange (entries 4 and
5) is
unprecedented.
[00256] The efficiencies of the synthetic sequences have allowed for the
preparation
of sufficient quantities of each tetracycline analog for antibacterial testing
using standard
serial-dilution techniques (5-20 mg amounts). Minimum inhibitory
concentrations (MICs) are
reported for each analog in whole-cell antimicrobial assays using five Gram-
positive and
five Gram-negative organisms (FIG. 18). Thus far, the pentacycline derivative
6 (FIG. 18)
has shown the most promising antibacterial properties, with activity equal to
or greater than
tetracycline in each of the Gram-positive strains examined, including strains
with resistance
to tetracycline, methicillin, and vancomycin.
Experimentals
[00257] General Procedures. All reactions were performed in flame-dried
round
bottomed or modified Schlenk (Kjeldahl shape) flasks fitted with rubber septa
under a
positive pressure of argon, unless otherwise noted. Air- and moisture-
sensitive liquids and
solutions were transferred via syringe or stainless steel cannula. Organic
solutions were
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
169
concentrated by rotary evaporation at ¨25 Torr (house vacuum). Flash column
chromatography was performed on silica gel (60 A, standard grade) as described
by Still et
al. (Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923-2925).
Analytical thin-
layer chromatography was performed using glass plates pre-coated with 0.25 mm
230-400
mesh silica gel impregnated with a fluorescent indicator (254 nm). Thin-layer
chromatography plates were visualized by exposure to ultraviolet light and/or
exposure to
ceric ammonium molybdate or an acidic solution of p-anisaldehyde followed by
heating on a
hot plate.
[00258] Materials. Commercial reagents and solvents were used as received
with
the following exceptions. Triethylamine, diisopropylamine, N,N,A1',Ar-
tetramethylethylene-
diamine, DMPU, HMPA, and N,N-diisopropylethylamine were distilled from calcium
hydride
under an atmosphere of dinitrogen. Dichloromethane, methanol, tetrahydrofuran,
acetonitrile, and toluene were purified by the method of Pangborn et al.
(Pangborn, A. B.;
Giardello, M. A.; Grubbs, R. H.; Rosen, R. K.; Timmers, F. J. Organometallics
1996, 15,
1518-1520).
[00259] Instrumentation. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance CH NMR) spectra
and
carbon nuclear magnetic resonance (13C NMR) spectra were recorded with Varian
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
170
Unity/Inova 600 (600 MHz), Varian Unity/Inova 500 (500 MHz/125 MHz), or Varian
Mercury 400 (400 MHz/100 MHz) NMR spectrometers. Chemical shifts for protons
are
reported in parts per million (8 scale) and are referenced to residual protium
in the NMR
solvents (CHC13: 8 7.26, C6D5H: 8 7.15, D2HCOD: 8 3.31, CDHC12: 8 5.32,
(CD2H)CD3SO: 62.49). Chemical shifts for carbon are reported in parts per
million (8
scale) and are referenced to the carbon resonances of the solvent (CDC13: 8
77.0, C6D6: 8
128.0, CD3OD: 644.9, CD2C12: 8 53.8, (CD3)2S0: 8 39.5). Data are represented
as
follows: chemical shift, multiplicity (s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet,
q = quartet, m
multiplet, br = broad), integration, coupling constant in Hz, and assignment.
Infrared (IR)
absorbance spectra were obtained using a Perkin-Elmer 1600 FT-IR
spectrophotometer
referenced to a polystyrene standard. Data are represented as follows:
frequency of the
absorption (cm-1), intensity of the absorption (s = strong, m = medium, w =
weak, br
=broad), and assignment (where appropriate). Optical rotations were determined
using a
JASCO DIP-370 digital polarimeter equipped with a sodium lamp source. High-
resolution mass spectra were obtained at the Harvard University Mass
Spectrometry
Facilities.
=
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
171
Synthesis of (-)-Doxycycline
Cyclization Step: - . . _ - . . _ - . .
-OBn
CH 3_ H 1.1(CO3)2
- 1. LDA, TMEDA,
Et
THF, -78 *C
CO2Ph
2.-78*C-)0eC - SO. 1001 C"N
OBoc BnO2C9. H t,l(CH3)2 Boc0 0 HO s o
OBn
OTBS
Ivo OisN
0 E 0 OBn
aTBS
a
79%
[00260] A solution of n-butyllithiurn in hexanes (1.55 M, 155 pL, 0.240
mmol, 5.1
equiv) was added to a solution of N,N,AP,N'-tetramethylethylenediamine (39
.iL, 0.26
mmol, 5.5 equiv) and diisopropylamine (34 4,, 0.25 mmol, 5.1 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran
(1 mL) at -78 C. The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously at -78 C for
30 min
Whereupon a solution of 2-(phenoxycarbony1)-3-ethylphenyl t-butyl carbonate
(73.0 mg,
0.213 mmol, 4.5 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added dropwise via
cannula. The
resulting deep-red mixture was stirred vigorously at -78 C for 75 min, then a
solution of
enone 8 (30.0 mg, 0.0474 mmol, 1 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was added
dropwise
via carmula. The resulting light-red mixture was allowed to warm slowly to 0
C over 2
h. The ice-cold product solution was then partitioned between aqueous
potassium
phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 10 mL) and dichloromethane (10 mL).
The
organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with
two 10-mL
portions of dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined and dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The product was purified by preparatory
HPLC on
a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column [10 pm, 250 x 10 nun, UV detection at 350 nm,
injection volume: 400 pL (methanol), isochratic elution with methanol-water
(9:1), flow
rate: 3.5 mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 36-42 min were collected and
concentrated,
affording the pentacyclic addition product depicted in diastereomerically pure
form (33.0
mg, 79%, a light-yellow solid).
[00261] 12.10.35 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); Ill NMR (500 MHz, C6D6) 8
16.55 (br .
s, 1H, enol), 7.26 (d, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz, o-ArH), 7.14 (d, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz, ArH),
6.85-7.05
(m, 6H, ArH), 6.66-6.74 (m, 2H, ArH), 6.51 (dd, 1H, J = 9.0, 1.5 Hz, ArH),
5.73 (br d,
1H, J= 4.0 Hz, BnOCO2CH), 5.17 (d, 1H, J = 12.5 Hz, OCHH"Ph), 5.03 (d, 1H, J =
12.5
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
172
Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.99 (d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz, OCHH'Ph'), 4.93 (d, 1H, J= 12.5 Hz,
= OCHH'Ph'), 3.58 (d, 1H, J= 11.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.35 (dd, 1H, J= 12.5,
4.0 Hz,
CH3CHCH), 2.99 (d, 1H, J= 11.5 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.56 (dq, 1H, J= 12.5, 7.0
Hz,
CH3CH), 2.18 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.33 (s, 91-1, C(CH3)3), 1.16 (d, 3H, J= 7.0
Hz, CH3CH),
1.11 (s, 9H, C(CH3)3), 0.61 (s, 3H, CH3), 0.36 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz,
CDC13)
= 8 189.7, 186.3, 180.9, 178.4, 167.9, 154.7, 152.1, 150.8, 145.9, 136.1,
135.5, 133.9,
128.7, 128.6, 128.5, 127.3, 123.8, 122.7, 122.6, 108.9, 105.5, 83.0, 82.9,
74.8, 72.4, 69.2,
60.8, 52.7, 43.2, 38.4, 27.5, 26.6, 19.5, 16.3, -1.8, -2.7; FTIR (neat film),
cm-I 2974 (w),
2933 (w), 2851 (w), 1760 (s, C=0), 1748 (s, C=0), 1723 (s, C=0), 1606 (m),
1513 (m),
1471 (m), 1370 (m). 1260 (s), 1232 (s), 1148 (s); HRMS (ES) miz calcd for
(C481-156
N2012Si) 881.3681, found 881.3684.
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
173
Deprotection Step I:
0,-0Bn
CH3,. H 1/1(C113)2 CH3 H N(CH3)20 N(CH3O
40Ø I HF CH3CN 1'N 100% OW* I 51
Bee 0 HO = 0 OBn 6
OH 0 HO H 0 OBn
()IBS
[00262] Concentrated aqueous hydrofluoric acid (48 wt %, 1.2 mL) was added
to a
polypropylene reaction vessel containing a solution of the purified
pentacyclic addition
product from the experiment above (33.0 mg, 0.0375 mmol, 1 equiv) in
acetonitrile (7.0
mL) at 23 C. The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously at 23 C for 60 h,
then was
poured into water (50 mL) containing dipotassium hydrogenphosphate (7.0 g).
The
resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The organic
phases were
combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered and
the filtrate was concentrated, affording the product depicted as a yellow oil
(25.0 mg,
100%). This product was used in the next step without further purification.
[00263] Rf 0.05 (1:4 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR. (600 MHz, C6D6,
crude) 5
14.86 (br s, 1H, enol), 11.95 (s, 1H, phenol), 7.23 (d, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz, o-ArH),
7.14 (d, 2H,
J= 7.2 Hz, o-ArH), 6.94-7.02 (m, 6H, ArH), 6.86 (t, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 6.76
(d, 1H, J
= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 6.28 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 5.46 (dd, 1H, J= 3.6, 3.0 Hz,
BnOCO2CH), 5.12 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 5.04 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz,
OCHHTh), 4.92 (s, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.41 (d, 1H, J= 9.6 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.82 (dd,
1H, J= 9.6, 3.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.65 (dd, 1H, J= 13.2, 3.6 Hz, CH3CHCH),
2.78
(dq, 1H, J= 13.2, 7.2 Hz, CH3CH), 2.05 (s, 6H, N(CH3)2), 1.04 (d, 3H, J= 7.2
Hz,
CH3CH); 13C NMR (100 MHz, C6D6, crude) 5 193.4, 186.2, 181.3, 172.3, 167.9,
163.3,
154.6, 145.8, 136.6, 135.8, 128.6, 128.4, 127.2, 116.8, 116.0, 115.6, 107.6,
104.7, 76.8,
73.9, 72.5, 69.5, 60.3, 48.7, 43.0, 41.8, 37.5, 15.3; FTIR (neat film), cm-1
3424 (m, OH),
3059, 3030, 2925, 2857, 1744 (s, C=0), 1713 (s, CO), 1614 (s), 1582 (s), 1455
(s), 1252
(s); FIRMS (ES) rn/z calcd for (C37H34N2010+H) 667.2292, found 667.2300.
Deprotection Step 2:
0)-0Bn
CH3 H 0 N(CH3)2 CH3 HH OHH N(CH3)2
iootiotil 01,N THH2,FP_Lbla: 00 40 NH,
OH 0 HO 6H 0 OBn 90% HO 0 HO H 0 0
H-Doxycydine
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
174
[00264] Palladium black (7.00 mg, 0.0657 mmol, 1.75 equiv) was added in
one
portion to a solution of the product from the procedure above (25.0 mg, 0.0375
mmol, 1
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1, 2.0 mL) at 23 C. An atmosphere of
hydrogen
was introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with pure
hydrogen (1 atm).
The palladium catalyst was initially observed to be a fine dispersion, but
aggregated into
clumps within 5 min. The yellow heterogeneous mixture was stirred at 23 C for
2 h,
then was filtered through a plug of cotton. The filtrate was concentrated,
affording a
yellow oil. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Phenomenex
Polymerx
DVB column (10 p.m, 250 x 10.mm, UV detection at 350 nm, Solvent A: methanol-
0.005
N aq. HC1 (1:4), Solvent B: acetonitrile, injection volume: 400 pL (solvent A
containing
mg oxalic acid), isochratic elution with 5% B for 2 mm, then gradient elution
with
5¨>50% B for 20 mm, flow rate: 4.0 mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 12-17 mm were
collected and concentrated, affording (¨)-doxycycline hydrochloride as a
yellow powder
(16.2 mg, 90%), which was identical with natural (¨)-doxycycline hydrochloride
[reverse-
phase HPLC (co-injection), IFINMR (including measurement of an admixture of
synthetic and natural doxycycline), 13C NMR, [a]D, UV).
[00265] 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 5 7.47 (t, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz,
ArH), 6.93 (d, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 6.83 (d, 1H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 4.40 (s, 1H,
(CH3)2NCH), 3.53 (dd, 1H, J= 12.0, 8.4 Hz, CHOH), 2.95 (s, 3H, N(CH3)CH3"),
2.88 (s,
3H, N(CH3)CH3"), 2.80 (d, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.74 (dq, 1H, J= 12.6,
6.6
Hz, CH3CH), 2.58 (dd, 1H, J= 12.6, 8.4 Hz, CH3CHCH), 1.55 (d, 3H, J = 6.6 Hz,
CH3CHCH); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CD30D) 5 195.3, 188.2, 173.8, 172.1, 163.2, 149.0,
137.7, 117.1, 116.9, 116.6, 108.4, 96.0, 74.5, 69.8, 66.9, 47.5, 43.4, 43.0,
41.9, 40.0, 16.3;
UV max (0.01 M methanolic HC1), nm 218, 267, 350; [a]c= = ¨109 (c = 0.16 in
0.01 M
methanolic HCI); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C22H24N208+H)+ 445.1611, found
445.1603.
[00266] Literature values (The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals,
Drugs, and Biologicals, 12th ed. Budavari, S.; O'Neal, M. J.; Smith, A.;
Heckelman, P.
E.; Kinneary, J. F., Eds.; Merck & Co.: Whitehouse Station, NJ, 1996; entry
3496.): UV
max (0.01 M methanolic HC1), nm 267, 351; [ock, = ¨110 (c = 1 in 0.01 M
methanolic
HC1).
Synthesis of (¨)-6-Deoxytetracycline
Cyclization Step:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
175
CH H !,,i(CH3)2
1 LDA, TMEDA,
Et THF, -78 =C
2. -78 C,
CO2Ph N
461j-P
OBoc 111(C113)2 Boc0 0 HO 0 OBn
0 OTBS
O. I ;N
0 0 OBn
&BS
7
81%
[00267] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.65 M, 75 pL, 0.12 mmol,
3.9
equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (17 L, 0.12 nunol, 3.9
equiv) and
N,N,ArcAP-tetramethylethylenediamine (19 p,L, 0.13 mmol, 4.1 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran
(1 mL) at ¨78 C. The resulting solution was stirred at ¨78 C for 30 min
whereupon a
solution of 2-(phenoxycarbony1)-3-ethylphenyl t-butyl carbonate (31.8 mg,
0.093 mmol,
3.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (250 L) was added dropwise via syringe. The
resulting
deep-red mixture was stirred at ¨78 C for 90 min, then a solution of enone
7(15.0 mg,
0.031 mmol, 1 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (250 L) was added dropwise via
syringe. The
resulting deep-red mixture was allowed to warm slowly to 0 C over 3 h. The
ice-cold
product solution was then partitioned between aqueous potassium phosphate
buffer
solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 15 mL) and dichloromethane (15 mL). The organic phase
was
Separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with two 15-mL portions
of
dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous
sodium
sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated,
providing a
yellow oil. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Coulter
Ultrasphere
ODS column [5 gm, 250 x 10 mm, UV detection at 350 nm, injection volume: 500
gL
(methanol), isochratic elution with methanol-water (89:11), flow rate: 3.5
tnUmin].
Fractions eluting at 39-60 min were collected and concentrated, affording the
pentacyclic
addition product depicted in diastereomerically pure form (18.5 mg, 81%, a
light-yellow
foam).
1002681 R./ 0.37 (2:8 tetrahydrofuran-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8
(s,
1H, 16.24, enol-OH), 7.55-7.50 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.40-7.35 (m, 4H, ArH), 7.10 (d,
1H, J =
7.8 Hz, ArH), 5.39-5.34 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.92 (d, 1H, J = 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2),
2.81-
2.71 (m, 2H, CH3CH, CH3CHCH), 2.55 (dd, 1H, J = 10.7, 5.7 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.48
(s, 6H, 1=1(C113)2), 2.40 (d, 1H, J = 14.7 Hz, CHITCHCHN(CH3)2), 2.31 (ddd,
1H, J =
14.7, 9.3, 5.7, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.56 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.55 (s, 9H, Boc), 0.84
(s, 9H,
TBS), 0.27 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.13 (s, 3H, TBS); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 6 187.4,
183.1,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
176
182.8, 181.6, 167.6, 151.7, 150.2, 147.4, 135.0, 134.0, 128.5, 128.5, 123.4,
123.0, 122.4,
108.3, 107.4, 94.8, 83.9, 81.5, 72.5, 61.5, 46.4, 41.9, 39.5, 34.9, 27.7,
26.0, 20.7, 19.0,
16.0, -2.6, -3.7; FTIR (neat film), cm-1 2923 (m), 2841 (m), 1759 (s, C=0),
1718 (s,
C=0), 1605 (s), 1508 (s), 1467 (m), 1456 (m), 1369 (m), 1277 (s), 1262 (m),
1231 (s),
1144 (s), 1005 (w); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C4oH5oN209Si+H)+ 731.3364, found
731.3370.
Deprotection:
cHk.fti H 1?I(CH3)2
1 HF CH CN CH3 HH H .1;J(CH)2
03H
400001 2.. H2: Pd b3lack 0041,0 NH2
THF-CH3OH 6
Bac 0 HO 0 OBn HO 0 HO H 0 0
OTBS 85%
1002691 Concentrated aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution (48 wt %, 0.6
mL) was
added to a polypropylene reaction vessel containing a solution of the purified
pentacyclic
addition product from the experiment above (15.0 mg, 0.0205 nunol, 1 equiv) in
acetonitrile (3.5 mL) at 23 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 C for
55 h, then
was poured into water (20 mL) containing dipotassium hydrogenphosphate (4.0
g). The
resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20 mL). The organic
phases were
combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered and
the filtrate was concentrated, affording a light-yellow oil. The residue was
dissolved in
methanol-tetrahydrofuran (1:1, 2 mL) and to the resulting solution was added
palladium
black (7.6 mg, 0.071 mmol, 3.5 equiv) in one portion. An atmosphere of
hydrogen gas
was introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with pure
hydrogen (1 atm).
The yellow mixture was stirred at 23 C for 2 h, then was filtered through a
plug of
cotton. The filtrate was concentrated, affording a yellow oil (10 mg). The
product was
purified by preparatory HPLC on a Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column [10 tun, 250
x
nun, UV detection at 365 nm, Solvent A: methanol-0.02 N HC1 (1:4), Solvent B:
acetonitrile, injection volume: 400 RI. (methanol containing 10 mg oxalic
acid), isochratic
elution with 18% B for 15 min, then gradient elution with 18¨*60% B over 15
mm, flow
. rate: 5 mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 17.5-22.5 min were collected and
concentrated,
affording 6-deoxytetracycline hydrochloride as a yellow powder (8.1 mg, 85%).
[00270] NMR
(500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 5 7.49 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz,
ArH), 6.95 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz, ArH), 6.84 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, ArH), 4.09 (s,
1H,
CHN(CH3)2), 3.03 (br s, 3H, N(CH3)), 2.97 (br s, 3H, N(CH3)), 2.90 (br d, 1H,
J= 12.7
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
177
Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.67 (ddd, 1H, J= 12.7, 12.7, 5.2 Hz, CH3CHCH), 2.61-2.56
(m,
1H, CH3CH),-2.30 (ddd, 1H, J= 13.7, 5.2, 2.9 Hz, CHH1CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.54 (ddd,
1H,.
J= 13.7, 12.7, 12.7 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.38 (d, 3H, J= 6.8 Hz, CH3CH); UV
max (0.01 M methanolic HC1), nm 269, 353; [och, = ¨142 (c = 0.20 in 0.01 M
methanolic HO); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C22H24/4207+H)+ 429.1662, found
429.1660.
=
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
178
Synthesis of a (¨)-D-ring Pyridone Analog of Tetracycline
Eyclization Step: ¨
1.41(CH3)2
H H
H3C CH3 1. L-DA. DrPy= H3C dibbiso
N
N ______________________________________ N Air
CO2Ph 2 -78 *C 0 *C
OBn
ti(C113)2 Bn0 0 HO _ 0 OBn
= H - OTBS
= 0
0 E 0 OBn
= ams
7
67%
1002711 A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (1.67 M, 80 gL, 0.13 mmol,
4.3
equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (20 gL, 0.14 mmol, 4.6
equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (2.5 mL) at ¨78 'C. The resulting solution was allowed to warm
to 0 C
over 15 min. N,N'-dimethylpropyleneurea (17 gL, 0.14 mmol, 4.5 equiv) was
added and
the resulting solution was cooled to ¨78 C. A solution of phenyl 2-
(benzyloxy)-4,6-
dimethylpyridine-3-carboxylate (31.0 mg, 0.0930 mmol, 2.99 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran
(250 pL) was then added via syringe to the cooled reaction solution. The
resulting yellow
solution was stirred for 5 min at ¨78 C, then a solution of enone 7 (15.0 mg,
0.0311
mmol, 1 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (250 gL) was added via syringe. The
resulting deep-
red mixture was allowed to warm to 0 C over 4 h. Acetic acid (40 gL) was
added to the
deep-red 'mixture at 0 C. The ice-cold product solution was then partitioned
between
aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 15 mL) and
dichloromethane (15 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase
was
further extracted with two 15-mL portions of dichloromethane. The organic
extracts were
combined and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered
and the filtrate was concentrated, providing a yellow oil. The product was
purified by
preparatory HPLC on a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column [5 gm, 250 x 10 mm, UV
detection at 350 nm, Solvent A: water, Solvent B: methanol, injection volume:
500 L
DMSO, gradient elution with 92-4100% B over 30 min, flow rate: 3.5 mL/min].
Fractions eluting at 21-29 min were collected and concentrated, affording the
pentacyclic
addition product depicted in diasteromerically pure form (15.0 mg, 67%, a
light-yellow
solid).
[00272] Rf 0.55 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD2C12) 8
16.05
(s, 1H, enol-OH), 7.52-7.26 (m, 10H, ArH), 6.66 (s, 1H, pyr-H), 5.57 (d, 1H, J
= 12.7 Hz,
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
179
OCHH'Ph), 5.43 (d, J = 12.7 Hz, 1H, OCHIrPh), 5.33-5.28 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 3.99
(d,
.
2H, .J = 10.5 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.04-3.00 (m, 111, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.84 (dd,
1H,
J = 16.1,4.9 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.74 (dd, 1H, J = 16.1, 16.1 Hz,
CHNCHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.53 (dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 3.9 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.51-2.43
(m, 10H, N(CH3)2, Ar-CH3, CHITCHCHN(CH3)2), 2.07 (d, 1H, J = 14.2 Hz,
CHETCHCHN(CH3)2), 0.82 (s, 9H, TBS), 0.22 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.10 (s, 3H, TBS); I3C
NMR (100 MHz, CD2C12) 5 187.9, 185.2, 182.5, 178.8, 167.9, 161.9, 161.8,
154.8, 137.9,
135.6, 129.1,129.0, 129.0, 128.7, 127.9, 127.9, 116.4, 111.6, 108.6, 107.5,
82.0, 73.0,
68.1, 61.7, 46.9, 42.0, 39.2, 28.6, 26.1, 24.6, 23.0, 19.3, -2.4, -3.5; FTIR
(neat film), cm-I
2939 (m), 2857 (w), 1720 (s, C=0), 1593 (s), 1510 (s), 1469 (m), 1449 (m),
132.6 (s),
1254 (m), 1187 (w), 1157 (m), 1090 (m), 1064 (m), 1007 (m); HRMS (ES) m/z
calcd for
(C411147N307Si-}-11)+ 722.3262, found 722.3261.
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
180
Deprotection:
- - - H H 111(CH3)2 1. H2, Pd(OH)2/CH H
N(CH3)2
-
H3C
dioxane, CH3OH H3C OH
I '11111401111 5'4 _____________________________ lee*
N -New. = 2. HCI, Me0H HN NH2
BOO 0 HO E 0 OBn 74%6
o 0 HO H 0 0
ores
[00273] Pearlman's catalyst (10 mg, 0.0094 mmol, 0.68 equiv) was added to
a
solution of the purified pentacyclic addition product from the experiment
above (10 mg,
0.014 mmol, 1 equiv) in dioxane-methanol (1:1, 10 mL) at 23 C. An atmosphere
of
hydrogen gas was introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing
with pure
hydrogen (1 atm). The reaction mixture was observed to form a green color
within 10
min. After stirring at 23 C for 2 h, the reaction mixture was filtered
through a plug of
cotton and the filtrate was concentrated. The oily yellow residue was
dissolved in
methanol (10 tnL) and to the resulting solution was added concentrated aqueous
hydrochloric acid solution (37 wt %, 100 ILL) at 23 'C. The reaction mixture
was stirred
at 23 C for 3 h, then was concentrated. The product was purified by
preparatory HPLC
on a Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column [10 gm, 250 X 10 MM, UV detection at 365
nm, Solvent A: 0.01 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, Solvent B: acetonitrile,
injection
volume: 500 pL (methanol containing 30 mg oxalic acid), linear gradient with 0-
420% B
over 40 min, flow rate: 4 ml/min]. Fractions eluting at 20-29 mm were
collected and
concentrated, affording the D-ring pyridone hydrochloride as a yellow powder
(4.8 mg,
74%).
. [00274] 1HNMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 6.37 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.06
(s,
1H, CHN(CH3)2), 3.05-2.95 (m, 8H, N(CH3)2, CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.79 (dd, 1H, J = 16.1, 3.9 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.55 (dd, 1H, J= 16.1,
16.1
Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2)), 2.40 (s, 311, Ar-CH3), 2.18 (br. D, 1H, J = 12.7
Hz,
CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.59 (ddd, 1H, J =12.7, 12,7, 12.7 Hz, CHNCHCHN(CH3)2); 13C
NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2S0) 8 187.3, 183.5, 177.8, 172.1, 160.6, 159.8, 153.3,
115.3,
107.2, 106.9, 95.6, 74.2, 68.4, 41.5, 35.7, 34.5, 33.9, 31.0, 19.2; UV max
(0.01 M
methanolic HC1), nm 267, 370; [a]c, = ¨146' (c = 0.43 in 0.01 M methanolic
HC1);
HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C21H23N307+H)+ 430.1614, found 430.1607.
Synthesis of a (¨)-Pentacycline
Cyclization Step:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
181
N(c03)2 H H ti(c03)2
, n
. 1401.0 CH2Br 11101110 .n-BuLi, THF
401110.40.1
CO2Ph -100*C -* 0 *C
OCH3 0 OBn
75% CH30 0 HO 0 OBn
oTBS OTBS
7
[00275] A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (2.65 M, 107 ILL,
0.284 mmol,
4.03 equiv) was added to a solution of phenyl 3-(bromomethyl)-1-
methoxynaphthalene-2-
carboxylate (105 mg, 0.283 mmol, 4.02 equiv) and enone 7 (34.0 mg, 0.0705
mmol, 1
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (2.80 mL) at ¨100 C. The resulting light-red
reaction mixture
was allowed to warm to 0 c'C over 70 min. The ice-cold product solution was
then
partitioned between aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2
M, 15 mL)
and dichloromethane (15 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous
phase
was further extracted with two 15-mL portions of dichloromethane. The organic
phases
were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was
filtered,
and the filtrate was concentrated, affording a yellow solid. The product was
purified by
preparatory HPLC on a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column [10 pun, 250 x 10 mm, UV
detection at 350 nm, Solvent A: water, Solvent B: methanol, two separate
injections (750
L each, acetonitrile), isochratic elution with 94% B for 20 min followed by a
linear
gradient elution with 94¨>100% B over 20 min, flow rate: 3.5 mL/min].
Fractions eluting
at 24-38 min were collected and concentrated, affording the hexacyclic
addition product
in diastereomerically pure form (36.1 mg, 75%, a white solid).
[00276] Rf 0.37 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 111 NMR (500 MHz,
CDC13) 6 16.25
(s, 1H,.enol-OH), 8.30 (d, 1H, J= 8.3 Hz, ArH), 7.75 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz, ArH),
7.59-7.34
(m, 7H, ArH), 7.26 (s, 111, ArH), 5.38 (s, 2H, OCH2Ph), 4.02 (s, 3H, OCH3),
3.99 (d, 1H,
J = 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.08-3.05 (m, 211, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2,
CHITCHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.95-2.90 (m, 1H, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.58 (dd,
1H, J= 10.7, 5.9 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.51 (s, 611, N(CH3)2), 2.50-2.48 (m, 1H,
CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.20-2.14 (m, 1H, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 0.82 (s, 9H, TBS), 0.29
(s, 3H, TBS), 0.13 (s, 3H, TBS); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDC13) 6 187.9, 184.1,
183.0,
182.0, 167.8, 159.2, 137.5, 136.7, 135.3, 129.5, 128.8, 128.7, 128.5, 127.5,
126.4, 124.2,
121.8, 119.5, 108.7, 108.7, 82.4,72.8, 63.8, 61.6, 46.8,42.1, 40.7, 29.3,
26.2, 23.1, 19.3, -
2.2, -3.5; FTIR (neat film), cm-1 2934 (m), 2852 (m), 1718 (s, C=0), 1610 (s),
1513 (s),
1472(m), 1452(m), 1369(m), 1339(w), 1293(m), 1252(m), 1190(w), 1159(m), 1067
(m), 1026 (w), 1011(w); FIRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C391-144N207Si+H)+ 681.2996,
found
681.2985.
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
182
- Deprotection:
1. HF, CH3CN
tl(CH3)2
tl(CH3)2
H 2. Pd, 142, H H
dBiBorx.a.nceH.2.cr. sioses OH
NH2
r =
cH3o 0 HO 0 B" -78 -- 0 C HO
0 1-40 H 0 0
OTBS
74%
1002771 Concentrated aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution (48 wt
%, 1.0 mL) was
added to a polypropylene reaction vessel containing a solution of the purified
hexacyclic
addition product from the experiment above (24.0 mg, 0.035, 1 equiv) in
acetonitrile (9.0
mL) at 23 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 C for 22 h, then was
poured into
water (50 mL) containing dipotassium hydrogenphosphate (12.0 g). The resulting
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The organic phases were
combined
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, affording a yellow oil. The residue was dissolved in
methanol-dioxane
(1:1, 5 mL) and to the resulting solution was added palladium black (10.0 mg,
0.0940
mrnol, 2.67 equiv) in one portion. An atmosphere of hydrogen gas was
introduced by
briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with pure hydrogen (1 atm). The
yellow
mixture was stirred at 23 C for 4 h, then was filtered through a plug of
cotton. The
filtrate was concentrated, affording a yellow oil. The residue was dissolved
in
dichloromethane (4.5 mL) and to the resulting solution was added a solution of
boron
tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 0.5 mL, 14 equiv) at ¨78 C. The dark-
red
mixture was stirred at ¨78 C for 15 min, then at 23 C for 3.5 h. Methanol
(20 mL) was
added and the resulting yellow solution was stirred at 23 C for 1 h. The
solution was
concentrated, affording a yellow oil. The product was purified by preparatory
HPLC on a
Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column [7 gm, 150 x 21.2 mm, UV detection at 350 nm,
Solvent A: 0.01 N HC1, Solvent B: acetonitrile, injection volume: 500 pL
(methanol
containing 10 mg oxalic acid), gradient elution with 25¨+50% B over 60 min,
flow rate: 6
mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 30-35 min were collected and concentrated,
affording the
pentacycline hydrochloride as a yellow powder (13.1 mg, 74%).
[00278] 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 8.36 (d, 1H,
J = 7.7 Hz,
ArH), 7.74 (d, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz, ArH), 7.64 (dd, 1H, J = 7 .7 , 7.7 Hz, ArH),
7.50 (dd, 1H, J
=7.7,7.7 Hz, ArH), 7.1 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.10 (s, 1H, CHN(CH3)2), 3-13-2.97 (m,
9H,
N(CH3)2, CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.67
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
183
(dd, 1H, J= 14.3, 14.3 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.22 (ddd, 1H, J= 13.6, 4.9,
2.9 Hz, CHI-1'CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.64 (ddd, 1H, J= 13.6,-13.6, 13.6 Hz,
CHHCHCHN(CH3)2); UV max (0.01 M methanolic HC1), nrn 268, 345, 402; [(JOE) = -
113 (c = 0.18 in 0.01 M methanolic HC1); HRIV1S (ES) m/z calcd for
(C25H2.4N207+1-l)+
465.1662, found 465.1656.
Synthesis of (-)-7-Aza-10-Deoxysancycline
Cyclization Step:
ti(cH3)2 t21(0H3)2
H : H H -
c/N CH3 4. 0,,N - = 0
LDA, HMPA N Ao I st4
00-0
THF
002Ph -95*C -) -50 *0
- OBn 0 HO 0 OBn
oTBS 76% oTBS
7
[002791 A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (2.65 M, 33.0 pL, 0.0945
mmol,
5.00 equiv) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (13.2 pL, 0.0945 mmol,
5.00
equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (0.750 mL) at -78 C. The resulting solution was
briefly
warmed in an ice bath (10 min), then was cooled to -78 C.
Hexamethylphosphoramide
(33.0 pL, 0.189 mmol, 10.0 equiv) was added, producing a colorless solution,
and this
solution was then transferred (cold) dropwise via carmula to a solution
containing phenyl
2-methylpyridine-3-carboxylate (16.0 mg, 0.0755 mmol, 4.00 equiv) and enone 7
(9.1
mg, 0.019 mmol, 1 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (0.750 mL) at -95 C, forming a
light-red
mixture. The reaction solution was allowed to warm to -50 C over 50 mm. The
product
solution was then partitioned between aqueous potassium phosphate buffer
solution (pH
7.0, 0.2 M, 10 mL) and dichloromethane (25 mL). The organic phase was
separated and
the aqueous phase was further extracted with three 15-mL portions of
dichloromethane.
The organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The
dried
solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, affording a yellow
solid. The
product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column
[10
pm, 250 x 10 mm, UV detection at 350 nm, Solvent A: water, Solvent B:
methanol,
injection volume: 500 p.L (methanol), gradient elution of 85-100% B over 30
min, flow
rate: 3.5 mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 21-27 min were collected and
concentrated,
affording the pentacyclic addition product in diastereomerically pure form
(8.6 mg, 76%,
a white solid).
1002801 R10.07 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD2C12) 5
15.21
(s, 1H, enol), 8.63 (d, 1H, J= 4.5 Hz, pyr-H), 8.19 (d, 1H, J= 7.5 Hz, pyr-H),
7.54-7.43
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
184
(m, 5H, ArH), 7.34 (d, 1H, J = 4.5, 7.5 Hz, pyr-H), 5.36 (d, 1H, J = 12.0 Hz,
OCHH'Ph),
5.33 (d, 1H, J = 12.0 Hz, OCHH'Ph), 4.03 (d, 1H,. J = 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2),
3.36-3.31
(m, 1H, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.23 (dd, 1H, J= 16.3, 5.6 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.99 (dd, 1H, J = 16.3, 16.3 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.63 (ddd, 1H, J = 1.6,4.4, 10.7 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.54-2.48 (m, 7H, N(CH3)2, CH1-I'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.19 (dd, 1H, J= 1.6, 14.5 Hz,
CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 0.87 (s, 9H, TBS), 0.26 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.13 (s, 3H, TBS); 13C
NMR (100 MHz, CD2C12) 8. 187.7, 183.5, 182.6, 182.2, 167.9, 161.2, 153.4,
137.6, 134.1,
129.2, 129.1, 129.1, 126.8, 123.0, 108.7, 106.9, 82.2, 73.0, 61.8, 47.0, 42.1,
41.4, 30.1,
28.4, 26.1, 23.2, 19.3, ¨2.4, ¨3.5; FIRMS (ES) nilz calcd for (C33H39N306Si+H)
602.2686, found 602.2686.
=
=
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
185
Deprotection:
H H t_1(CH3)2 . 1. H2, Pd black ,
1,4 ti(CH3)2
=
=-= =
N dioxane-CH3OH N OH
;N 2 HF, CH3CN, 35 C I;1110 = HH2
0 HO E 0 OBn 79%
0 HO H 0 0
6TBS
1002811 Palladium black (3.0 mg, 0.028 mmol, 2.6 equiv) was added in one
portion
to a solution of the purified pentacyclic addition product from the experiment
above (6.5
mg, 0.011 mmol, 1 equiv) in dioxane-methanol (7:2, 9.0 mL) at 23 C. An
atmosphere of
hydrogen was introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with
pure
hydrogen (1 atm). The resulting green mixture was stirred at 23 C for 7 lir,
then was
filtered through a plug of cotton. The filtrate was concentrated, affording a
yellow oil
(7.0 mg). The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (4.5 mL), transferred to a
polypropylene reaction vessel, and concentrated aqueous hydrofluoric acid
solution (48
wt %, 0.5 mL) was added to the resulting solution at 23 'C. The reaction
mixture was
heated to 35 C for 27 hr. Excess hydrofluoric acid was quenched by the
addition of
methoxytrimethylsilane (3.5 mL, 25 mmol). The reaction mixture was
concentrated,
affording a yellow solid. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC on a
Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column [10 gm, 250 x 10 mm, UV detection at 350 mn,
Solvent A: 0.5% trifluoroacetic acid in water, Solvent B: 0.5% trifluoroacetic
acid in
methanol-acetonitrile (1:1), injection volume: 5001AL (methanol), gradient
elution with
0¨*20% B over 40 min, flow rate: 4 mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 35-45 min
were
collected and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in
methanolic HC1
(1.0 mL, 0.10 M) and concentrated, affording 7-aza-10-deoxysancycline
hydrochloride as
a yellow powder (3.7 mg, 79%). IHNMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 8.79-
8.77 (m, 2H, pyr-H) 7.91 (dd, 1H, J= 6.8, 6.8 Hz, pyr-H), 4.12 (s, 1H,
CHN(CH3)2),
3.41-3.22 (m, 2H, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 3.11-3.00 (m,
8H, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(C113)2, CHCHN(CH3)2, N(CH3)2), 2.34 (ddd, 1H, J= 12.9,
4.4, 2.4 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 1.77 (ddd, 1H, J= 12.9, 12.9, 12.9 Hz,
CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2); UV max (0.01 M methanolic HC1), nm 264, 345; [cc]D = ¨1540
(c
= 0.15 in 0.01 M methanolic HC1); HRMS (ES) m/z calcd for (C201-121N306+H)+
400.1508, found 400.1504.
Synthesis of (¨)-10-Deoxysancycline
Cyclization Step:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
186
H
11(c1-13)2 H H W143)2 0
CH2Br too _n-BuLi, THF immoo ,,t4
- =
100 C-.0*C =
411-PI CO2Ph
0o OBn 81% 0 HO 0 OBn
OTBS OTBS
7
[002821 A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (2.65 M, 59 pL, 0.16
mmol, 4.0
equiv) was added to a solution of phenyl 2-(bromomethyl)benzoate*(45.6 mg,
0.157
mmol, 3.97 equiv) and enone 7 (19.0 mg, 0.0394 mmol, 1 equiv) in
tetrahydrofuran (1.57
mL) at ¨100 'C. The resulting light-red solution was allowed to warm to 0 C
over 30
min. The ice-cold product solution was then partitioned between aqueous
potassium
phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 5 mL) and dichloromethane (25 mL).
The
organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was further extracted with
an
additional 15-mL portion of dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined
and
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the
filtrate was
concentrated, affording a yellow solid. The product was purified by
preparatory HPLC
on a Coulter Ultrasphere ODS column [10 gm, 250 x 10 mm, Solvent A: water,
Solvent
B: methanol, injection volume: 1.0 mL (methanol), gradient elution with
85¨*100% B
over 30 min., UV detection at 350 nm, flow rate: 3.5 mL/min]. Fractions
eluting at 25-30
min were collected and concentrated, affording the pentacyclic addition
product in
diastereomerically pure form (19.2 mg, 81%, a white solid).
[00283] Rf 0.46 (3:7 ethyl acetate-hexanes); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD2C12) 8
15.53
(s, 1H, enol), 7.94 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz, ArH), 7.54 - 7.28 (m, 8H, ArH,
OCH2ArH), 5.37-
5.34 (m, 2H, OCH2Ph), 4.05 (d, 1H, J = 10.7 Hz, CHN(CH3)2), 3.24-3.18 (m, 1H,
CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.99 (dd, 1H, J = 15.5, 5.6 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2),
2.88 (dd, 1H, J= 15.5, 15.5 Hz, CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.61 (dd, 1H, J = 4.4,
10.7 Hz, CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.54-2.44 (m, 7H, N(CH3)2, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.14 (d,
1H, J= 14.3 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2), 0.86 (s, 9H, TBS), 0.25 (s, 3H, TBS), 0.12
(s,
3H, TBS); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CD2C12) 8 187.8, 183.0, 182.8, 182.4, 167.7,
141.7, .
135.4, 133.4, 130.9, 129.0, 128.9, 128.9, 128.1, 127.5, 126.5, 108.5, 106.8,
82.1, 72.8,
61.5, 58.5, 46.9, 41.9, 38.6, 29.0, 25.9, 23.1, 19.1, ¨2.6, ¨3.7; HRIv1S (ES)
m/z calcd for
(C34H40N306Si+H)+ 601.2734, found 601.2730.
Deprotection:
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
187
H H 11 C H 30) 2 Fl .F 1 blackCF.i H -
N(CH3)2
2. 111 H 00:01. HN H2 0010001011 I ;N
choxane¨CH3O
6
0 HO 0 OBn 83% 0 HO H 0 0
orBs
1002841 Concentrated aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution (48 wt %, 1.1 mL)
was
added to a polypropylene reaction vessel containing a solution of the
pentacyclic addition
product from the experiment above (15.1 mg, 0.0251 mmol, 1 equiv) in
acetonitrile (10
mL) at 23 'C. The resulting solution was stirred vigorously at 23 C for 12 h,
then was
poured into water (50 mL) containing dipotassium hydrogenphosphate (4.7 g) and
the
product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). The organic phases were
combined
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and
the filtrate
was concentrated, affording a yellow solid (12.2 mg, 99%). The residue was
dissolved in
methanol-dioxane (1:1, 3.0 mL) and palladium black (6.5 mg, 0.061 mmol, 2.4
equiv)
was added to the resulting solution in one portion. An atmosphere of hydrogen
was
introduced by briefly evacuating the flask, then flushing with pure hydrogen
(1 atm). The
resulting light-yellow mixture was stirred at 23 C for 20 min, then was
filtered through a
plug of cotton. The filtrate was concentrated, affording a yellow solid. The
product was
purified by preparatory I-IPLC on a Phenomenex Polymerx DVB column [10 p.m,
250 x
mm, UV detection at 350 nm, Solvent A: 0.01 N HC1, Solvent B: acetonitrile,
injection
volume: 1.0 mL (methanol containing 10 mg oxalic acid), gradient elution with
5¨>50%
B over 30 mm, flow rate: 5 mL/min]. Fractions eluting at 16-22 mm were
collected and
concentrated, affording 10-deoxysancycline hydrochloride as a white powder
(9.1 mg,
83%).
[00285] II-1 NMR (500 MHz, CD30D, hydrochloride) 8 7.96 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz,
ArH) 7.51 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, ArH), 7.39 (dd, 1H, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, ArH),
7.30 (d,
1H, J= 73 Hz, ArH), 4.04 (s, 1H, CHN(CH3)2), 3.31-2.99 (m, 8H,
CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2, CHCHN(CI-13)2, N(C113)2), 2.87 (dd, 1H, J = 15.4, 4.3 Hz,
CHH'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.61 (dd, 1H, J = 15.4, 15.4 Hz,
CHE'CHCH2CHCHN(CH3)2), 2.21 (ddd, J = 12.8, 5.0, 2.5 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2),
1.66 (ddd, 1H, J = 12.8, 12.8, 12.8 Hz, CHH'CHCHN(CH3)2); UV max (0.01 M
methanolic.HC1), nm 264, 348; MD = ¨147' (c = 0.15 in 0.01 M methanolic HCI);
HRIvlS (ES) m/z calcd for (C21H22N206+H) 399.1556, found 399.1554.
Biological testing.
CA 02648668 2013-08-05
188
[00286] Whole-
cell antibacterial activity, was determined according to methods
recommended by the NCCLS-(National Committee for Clinical Laboratory
Standards. 2002.
Methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow
aerobically:
approved standard-fifth edition. NCCLS document M100-S12. National Committee
for
Clinical Laboratory Standards. Wayne, Pa.). Test compounds were dissolved in
dimethyl
sulfoxide (DMSO) and the resulting solutions were diluted in water (1:10) to
produce stock
solutions with a final concentration of 256 14 tetracycline analog per mL. In
a 96-well
microtiter plate, 50-4 aliquots of stock solutions were diluted serially into
cation-adjusted
Mueller-Hinton broth (MHB; Becton-Dickinson, Cockeysville, Md.). Test
organisms (50 pt
aliquots of solutions ¨5 x 10-5 CFU/mL) were then added to the appropriate
wells of the
microtiter plate. Inoculated plates were incubated aerobically at 35 C for 18-
24 h. The MIC
was the lowest concentration of compound determined to inhibit visible growth.
Five Gram-
positive and five Gram-negative bacterial strains were examined in minimum
inhibitory
concentration (MIC) assays. The Gram-positive strains were Staphylococcus
aureus ATCC
29213, Staphylococcus epidermidis ACH-0016, Staphylococcus haemolyticus ACH-
0013,
Enterococcus faecalis ATCC 700802 (a VRE or vancomycin-resistant enterococcus
strain),
and Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 700699 (carrying the tetM resistance gene). The
Gram-
negative strains were Pseudomonas aeruginosa ATCC 27853, Klebsiella pneumoniae
ATCC 13883, E. coli ATCC 25922, E. coli ACH-0095 (multiply antibiotic-
resistant), and E.
coli ATCC 53868::pBR322 (containing a plasmid encoding tetracycline-
resistance). These
strains are listed again below, along with certain other details of their
origins and known
resistance to antibiotics.
Bacterial Strains
Gram-Positive Organisms:
Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 29213 QC strain for MIC testing
Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 700699
Methicillin- and tetracycline-resistant
clinical isolate with intermediate
resistance to vancomycin
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639
PCT/US2007/008647
189
Staphylococcus epidermidis ACH-0018 Clinical isolate
(Achillion strain
- = - - - - . _ - - collection)
_ .
Staphylococcus haemolyticus ACH-0013 Clinical isolate
(Achillion strain
collection)
Enterococcus faecalis ATCC 700802 Vancomycin-resistant
clinical isolate
Gram-Negative Organisms:
E. coli ATCC 25922 QC strain for MIC
testing
E. con ATCC 53868::pBR322 Laboratory strain
carrying a plasmid
with a tetracycline-resistance marker
E. coil ACH-0095 Multiply-resistant
clinical isolate
(Achillion strain collection)
Klebsiella pneumoniae ATCC 13883 QC strain for MIC
testing
Pseudomonas aeruginosa ATCC 27853 QC strain for MIC
testing
ATCC = American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA
Example 8-Alternative Routes to Tetracycline Analogs
[00287]
Many of the studies described above show the generation of the
carbanionic D-ring precursor by metalization of phenyl esters of o-toluate
derivatives.
These self-condensation reactions at times required to use of up to 4-5
equivalents of a
given D-ring precursor. The presence of an electron-withdrawing substituent on
the a-
carbon greatly improves the efficiency of metalation and coupling as described
in
Example 7 and elsewhere herein. Lithium-halogen exchange of benzylic bromides
conducted in situ in the presence of the AB electrophile has been found to
provide
CA 02648668 2008-10-06
WO 2007/117639 PCT/US2007/008647
190
coupling products where benzylic metalation fails (see Example 7). These
benzylic
. bromides can be prepared with surprising efficiencies (near quantitative
yields) and are
surprisingly stable. The developments may lead to a coupling reaction that
could be
conductable on a multi-kilo scale. Many different phenyl ester substituents
(see below)
may be used to optimize a coupling reaction.
H3C,s.
OCH3 OCH3
Ary0 Ary 0 Ary 0 Ary 0
O 0 0
0
OCH3 H3CO OCH3
CH3
CI
Ary0CH2CF3 Ar 0 Ar 0 Ar 0
O 0 1110 0 IP 0 101
NO2 H3C CH3 CI
CI
H3C CH3
N CH3
Ary Ary S Ary 0 Ary0..1.)-C H3
CH3
O 0
0 0 CH3 0 0
The optimal group for benzylic rnetalation, however, may not be the same as
the optimal
group for lithium-halogen exchange. In addition, for the lithium-halogen
exchange
process, besides ester modification, other metal reagents may be used
including, but not
limited to, other alkyllithium reagents (e.g., phenyllithium, mesityllithium),
Grignard
reagents (e.g., iso-propylmagesium chloride) and zinc-based systems. Barbier-
type
couplings will be explored using a variety of zero-valent metals for coupling.
The AB-ring precursors may also be prepared by alternative routes. The step-
count for the synthesis of most 6-deoxytetracycline analogs is 14 from benzoic
acid.
Eleven of these 14 steps are dedicated to the synthesis of the AB-ring
precursor. Any
improvements in the length or efficiency of the route to these AB-ring
precursors will
have a substantial impact on the synthesis overall. Alternative syntheses of
the AB-ring
precursor are shown in Figures 22 and 23. Among the strategies for alternative
A-ring
closure sequences are intramolecular Michael additions, palladium-mediated
processes,
and iminium ion induce closures. Hypervalent iodine reagents may also be used
instead
of microbial dihydroxylation in the synthesis of the AB-ring precursors as
shown in
Figure 23.
CA 02648668 2014-05-30
191
Other Embodiments
[00288] The
foregoing has been a description of certain non-limiting preferred
embodiments of the invention. Those of ordinary skill in the art will
appreciate that the
scope of the claims should not be limited by the preferred embodiments set
forth in the
examples, but should be given the broadest interpretation consistent with the
description as
a whole.
